PRG. 174. 12. (N) 1,000--

CENSUS OF 1961 VOLUME XI

MYSORE

PAR T VI VILLAGE SURVEY MONOGRAPHS

No. 12. VILLAGE Taluk, Dharwar District

Editing: K. BALASUBRAMANYAM, of the Indian Administrative Service, Superintendent of Census Operations in .

1970 PRINTED IN INDIA AT THE MANIPAL POWER PRESS. MANIPAL (SOU'IH KANARA) AND PUBLISHED BY THE MANAGER OF PUBLICATIONS, DELHI-6

Price: Inland Rs. 3.95 or Foreign 9 sh. 3 d. or 1 S 43 Cents. MAP OF MYSORE

16'

'5'

'4'

ARABIAN SEA

istrict Hnd'Qu~rters a/uk " il/ag'e S~/ect~d tate boundiry i8tr;ct alul< ., ViLLAGE SURVEY REPORT

ON MAGADI

Field investigation and first draft Sri N· B. Kasbappa Gowder, M. A., Investigator.

Supervision, guidance Sri K. L. Suryanarayanan, B.A.,B.L., Deputy Superintendent of Census Operations (Special Surveys), Mysore.

Final draft Sri C. M. Chandawarkar, B.SC., Deputy Superintendent of Census Operations (District Census Handbooks)

Tabulation Sri M. S. Rangaswamy, B.SC., Senior Technical Assistant (Socio-Economic Survey)

Phothgraphs Sri S. Ramachandran, B.SC., Senior Technical Assistant (Handicraft Survey) FOREWORD

Apart from laying the foundation~ of demography geographical, occupational and even. ethnic diversity. in this sub-continent, a hundred years of the Indian Of this minimum of thirty-five, the distribution was to Census has also produced 'elaborate and scholarly be as follows: the accounts of variegated phenomena of Indian life­ a. At least eight villages were to be so selected sometimes with no statistics attached, but usually with that each of them would contain one dominant just enough statistics to give empirical underpinning community with one predominating occupation, to their conclusions.' In a country, largely illiterate, e.g. fishermen, forest workers, jham cultivators, where statistical or numerical comprehension of even potters, weavers, salt-makers, quarry workers, such a simple thing as age was liable to be inaccurate, etc. A village should have a minimum popula­ an understanding of the social structure was essential. tion of 400, the optimum being between 500 It was more necessary to attain a broad understanding and 700. of what was happening around oneself than to wrap oneself up in 'statistical ingenuity' or 'mathematical b. At least seven villages were to be of numeri­ manipulation'. This explains why the Indian Census cally prominent Scheduled Tribes of the State. came to be interested in 'many by-paths and 'nearly Each village could represent a particular tribe. every branch of scholarship' from anthropology and The minimum population should be 400, the sociology to geography and religion'. optimum being between 500 and 700. c. The third group of villages should each be of In the last few decades the Census has increasingly fair size, of an old an settled character and turned its efforts to the presentation of village statistics. contain variegated occupations and be, if This suits the temper of the times as well as our political possible, multi-ethnic in composition. By fair and economic structure. For even as we have a great size was meant a popUlation of 500-700 persons deal of centralisation on the one hand and decentralis­ or more. The village should mainly depend on ation on the other, my colleagues thought it would agriculture and be sufficiently away from the be a welcome continuation of the Census tradition to major sources of modern communication such try to invest the dry bones of village statistics with as the district administrative headquarters and fiesh-and-blood account of social structure and social business centres. It should be roughly a day's change. It was accordingly decided to select a few­ journey from the above places. The villages villages in every State for special study, where personal were to be selected with an eye to variation in observation would be brought to bear on the interpre­ terms of size, proximity to city and other means tation of statistics to find out how much of a village was of modern communication, nearness to hills, static and yet changing and how fast the winds of change jungles and major rivers. Thus there was to be were blowing and from where. a regional distribution throughout the State of this category of villages. If, however, a Randomness of selection was, therefore, eschewed particular district contained significant ecologi­ There was no intention to build up a picture for the cal variations within its area, more than one whole State in quantitative terms on the basis of villages village in the district might be selected to study selected statistically at random. The selection was the special adjustments to them. avowedly purposive: the object being as much to find out what was happening and how fast to those villages It is a unique feature of these village surveys that which had fewer reasons to choose change and more they rapidly outgrew their original terms of references, to remain lodged in the past as to discover how the more as my colleagues warmed up to their work. This proved 'normal' types of villages were changing. They Were for them an absorbing voyage of discovery and their to be primarily type studies which, by virtue of their infectious enthusiasm compelled me. to enlarge the number and distribution, would also give the reader a inquiry's scope again and again. It was just as well 'feel' of what was going on and some kind of a map of cautiously to feel one's way about it accounts to some the country. extent for a certain unevenness in the quality and cover­ age of the monographs, it served to compensate the A brief account of the tests of selection will help purely honorary and extra-mural rigours of the task. to explain. A minimum of thirty-five villages was to For the Survey, along with its many ancillaries like the be chosen with great care to represent adequately survey of fairs and festivals, of small and rural industry and others, was an 'extra' over and above the crushing it was worth the trouble in view of the possibilities load of the 1961 Census. that close analysis of statistics offered, and also because the 'consanguinity' schedule remained to be canvassed. It might be of interest to recount briefly the stages By November 1961, however, more was expected of by which the survey enlarged its scope. At the first these surveys than ever before. This was dissatisfaction Census Conference in September 1959 the Survey set on the hand with too many general statements and a itself the task of what might be called a record in situ growing desire on the other to draw conclusions from of material traits, like settlement patterns of the village; statistics, to regard social and economic data as inter­ house types; diet; dress; ornaments and footwear; furni­ related processes, and finally to examine the social and ture and storing vessels; common means of transport economic processes set in motion through land reforms of goods and passengers; domestication of animals and other laws, legislative and administrative measures and birds; markets attended; worship of deities, festi­ technological and cultural change. Finally, a study vals and fairs. There were to be recordings, of course, of camp was organised in the last week of December 1961 cultural and social traits and occupational mobility. when the whole field was carefully gone through over This was followed up in March 1960 by two specimen again and a programme worked out closely knitting the schedules, one for each household, the other for the various aims of the Survey together. The Social Studies village as a whole, which apart from spelling out the Section of the Census Commission rendered assistance mode of inquiry suggested in the September 1959 to State Superintendents by way of scrutiny and tech­ Conference, introduced groups of questions aimed at nical comment on frame of Survey and presentation of sensing changes in attitude and behaviour in such results. fields as marriage, inheritance, moveable and immovable property, industry, ~ndebtedness, education, community This gradual unfolding of the aims of the Survey life and collective activity, social disabilites forums of prevented my colleagues from adopting as many villages appeal over disputes, village leadership, and organisation as they had originally intended to. But I believe that of cultural life. It was now plainly the intention to what may have been lost in quantity has been more provide adequate statistical support to empirical 'feel', than made up for in quality. This is, perhaps, for the to approach qualitative changes through statistical the first time that such a Survey has been conducted quantities. It had been difficult to give thought to the in any country, and that purely as a labour of love. importance of 'just enough statistics to give empirical It has succeeded in attaining what it set out to achieve: underpinning to conclusion' ,at a time when my colleagues to construct a map of village India's social structure. were straining themselves to the utmost for the success One hopes that the volumes of this Survey will help to of the main Census operations, but once the census retain for the Indian Census its title to 'the most fruitful count itself was left behind in March, 1961, a series of single source of information about the country'. Apart three regional seminars in Trivandrum (May 1961), from other features, it will perhaps be conceded that Darjeeling and Srinagar (June 1961) restored their the Survey has set up a new Census standard in pictorial attention to this field and the importance of tracing and graphic documentation. The Schedules finally social change through a number of well-devised statisti­ adopted for this monograph have been printed in cal tables was once again recognised. This itself pre­ appendices I and II to the monograph on village Iggalur, supposed a fresh survey of villages already done: but District.

NEW DELHI ASHOK MITRA July 30, 1964 REGISTRAR GENERAL, INDIA PREFACE

Preparations of Monographs on a few selected and along with the rest of the Shirahatti Taluk the villages has been a feature of the 1961 Census. In village became part of the Dharwar District only after selecting these villages for Socio-economic Survey, the the merger of the princely States. The village fairly criterion indicated in the foreword by the Registrar represents the characterstics of the transitional tract General India, have been broadly followed. The between the Malnad and Maidah areas of the Northern selection has been done in such a way as to give Maidan region of the Mysore State. representation not only to each district of the State but The field work has been done from September, also to each of the twentyfive sub-regions into which 1962 to April, 1963 by the Investigator Sri N.B. Kasha­ Dr. Leannoth of Liverpool University has divided appa Gowdar who has carried out the work with all the State on a consideration of the phy&ical features, zeal and sincerity. The field work was supervised by rainfall, climate, cropping pattern, etc. Sri K. L. Suryanarayanan, Deputy Superintendent. The photographs are taken by Sri S. Ramachandran, Magadi is a village from Dharwar District , selected Senior Technical Assistant. The final report is prepared to represent the Northern Maidan region of the State. by Sri C.M. Chandawarkar, Deputy Superintendent It was fonnerly included in the of (Di~trict Handbooks).

K. BALASUBRAMANYAM, Superintendent of Census Operations, MYSORE

CONTENTS

PAGES

CHAPTER I - THE VILLAGE

Introducing the village - Location - Physical aspects - Flora and Fauna - Residential pattern - Transport and communications - Important public places - Cemeteries - Sources of water­ Market - Legend and history - History of the settlement of the different sections of the population. (Paragraphs 1 to 30) 1 - 7

CHAPTER II - THE PEOPLE AND THEIR MATERIAL EQUIPMENTS

Ethnic composition - A brief note on the main communities - Houses and House-types - Dress, Hair style and decorations - Ornaments - Household goods - Food and drinks - Beliefs and prac- tices connected with birth, marriage and death. ( Paragraphs 31 to 118) . 8 - 23

CHAPTER III - ECONOMY OF THE VILLAGE

Economic resources: Land, livestock, etc - Factors influencing the economic life in the village: Land tenures and land reforms, land improvement, Industrialisation - Expansion of sources of finance, expansion of marketing facilities and infiltration of urban influences - Economic activities and nature of changes: (A) Livelihood classes, (B) Workers, (C) Non-workers, (D) Ownership of economic resources, (E) Primary and Secondary occupation and (F) Changes from traditional occupation­ Description of different occupations: (A) Practices connected with agriculture, (B) Practices con­ nected with animal husbandry, (C) Practices regarding industries and (D) Other occupations­ Indebtedness - Income - Expenditure. (Paragraphs 119 to 216 ) 24 -43

CHAPTER IV - SOCIAL AND CULTURAL LIFE

Population trends - Population by age and sex - Birth and death - Marital status - Public health and medical facilities - Veterinary aid - Literacy and education - Migration - Types of family - Composition of households - Intra-family relationships - Inheritance of property - Leisure and recreation - Festivals - Religious institutions - Other religious customs and beliefs - Village organisation - Staturory Panchayat - Co-operative Movement - Voluntary organisations - Family planning - Removal of untouchability - National Extension Scheme (Paragraphs 217 to 273 ) 44- 57

CHAPTER V - CONCLUSION

( Paragraphs 274 to 279 ) 58

TABLES 61 - 97

APPENDIX I 98-102

APPENDIX II 102

APPENDIX III 103 LIST OF TABLES

SL. TABLE DESCRIPTION OF TABLES PAGES NO. NUMBER 1. I Area, houses and population 61 2. II Population by Age-groups 61 3. III Size and composition of households 61 4. IV Households classified by religions, caste snd sub-caste 62 5. V Scheduled Caste and Scheduled tribe 63 6. VI Age and marital status 63 7. VII Education 64 8. VIII Workers and non-workers by sex and broad age-groups 65 9. IX Workers classified by sex, broad age-groups and occupations 65 10. X Workers classified by sex, broad age-groups, industry, business, and cultivation 66 belonging to the households 66 11. XI Non-workers by sex, broad age groups and nature of activities 66 12. XII Households by number of rooms and by number of persons occupying 66 13. XIII Households engaged in cultivation, industry, business and other occupations 67 14. XIV Type of industry run by the households 68 15. XV Type of business run by the households 68 16. XVI Traditional industries run by number of households 69 17. XVII Diet 69 18. XVIII Staple diet and habits of communities 70 19. XIX Distribution of households by occupations, income and number of persons 71 20. XX Average annual income per household by occupation 72 21. XXI Average monthly expenditure per household by income groups and occupations 73-75 22. XXII Households and development activities 76 23. XXIII Indebtedness by income groups 76 24. XXIII-A Indebtedness by causes 76 25. XXIII-B Sources of credit 77 26. XXIV Agricultural produce of cultivation run by the households and their disposal 77 27. XXV Households owning or possessing land or have given out land to others for cultivation 78-79 28. XXV-A Ownership of land by the residents 80 29. XXV-B Ownership of land in Magadi village by the residents of Magadi 81 30. XXVI General 82

II - SET TABLES

1. 1 Caste / Tribe or community and nature of family 82 2. 2 Association of Deity and object of worship 83 3. 3 Awareness of Untouchability Offences Act 84 4. 4 Contravention of marriage rules 84 5. 4-A Permissibility of Inter-caste marriage 84 6. 5 Awareness of changes in Hindu laws of Succession and Adoption 85 7. 5-A Inheritance of property as in practice 85 8. 5-B Share of property for different categorIes of relatives - sons 85 9. 6 Reciprocal aid in agricultural practice 86 10. 7 Livestock statistics 86-88 11. 8 Village industries-products 89 12. 9 Land reclamation and development measures 89 13. 10 Co-operative society 90 14. 11 Habit of taking sugar as correlated to income 90 PAGES

15. ll-A Habit of taking tea as correlated to income 91 16. 12 Material culture - Possession of furniture 91 17. 12-A Material culture - Possession of consumer goods 92 18. 12-B Material culture - Habits 93-95 19. 13 House type - Roof 96 20. 13-A House type - Wall 97

LIST OF MAPS AND CHARTS SL. FACING NO. PAGE

1. State map of Mysore showing the villages selected for Socio-Economic Survey TITLE 2. District map of Dharwar, showing the location of Magadi village, Taluk 1 3. Physical features of Magadi Village Shirhatti Taluk, Dharwar District 2 4. Notional map of Magadi 3 5. Village map of Magadi 4 6. Residential house of Shri N. B. Koliwad Magadi, Shirhatti Taluk 5 7. Residential house of Shri Galeppa Tai Yellavva Harijan of Magadi, Shirhatti Taluk 6 8. Workers ;md Non-workers by sex and broad age-groups 29 9. Population and Marital status by sex and age-groups 44 10. Population and Literacy by sex and age-groups . 45

LIST OF PHOTOGRAPHS SL. PAGE NO.

1. A view of the village Xl 2. The village tank Xl 3. Inscription . xii 4. A lingayat family xii 5. A Harijan family xiii 6 .. A panchamasali family xiv 7. A pinjare family xiv 8. House of Basappa Lingayat cultivator xv 9. A Muslim house occupied by four households, separate entrance is provided for each. The material of the door is Jowar stalk xv 10. Side view of a house . xvi 11. Utensils xvii 12. Cattle shed-a portion, usually the front portion of the house, is used as cattle shed xviii 13. Implements used in threshing of groundnut. (I) Gware (2) Mere kolw (3) Jantigunte and (4) Shenga badiyuva kunte . xix 14. Bullock cart carrying Chaff, the net tied to the cart is called "Kalli" xx 15. Threshing of jowar-trodden by oxen. This operation is locally known as "Hanthi" xx 16. Winnowing of jowar . xxi 17. Washing of groun9-nuts in the tank to clean them from the sticking earth xxii 18. Sieving of groundnut for screening of dust xxii 19. Uduchamma xxiii 20. Image of Uduchamma xxiii

PHOTOGRAPHS xi .

A VIEW OF THE VILLAGE

2 THE VILLAGE TANK MAGADI PHOTOGRAPHS xiii

5 A HARIJAN FAMILY xiv MAGADI PHOTOGRAPHS xv

8 HOUSE OF BASAPPA MULGUND - LINGAYAT CULTIVATOR

9 A MUSLIM HOUSE OCCUPIED BY FOUR HOUSEHOLDS, SEPARATE ENTRANCE IS PROVIDED FOR EACH. THE MA'IERIAt OF THE DOOR IS JOWAR STALK. xvi MA&

10 VIEW OF A HOUSE PHOTOGRAPHS xvii

11 UTENSILS

• MAGADI xviii

12 CATTLE SHED - A PORTION, USUALLY THE FRONT PORTION OF THE HOUSE, IS USED AS CATTLE SHED •

• PHOTOGRAPHS xix

13 IMPLEMENTS l.:rSED IN THRESHING OF GROUNDNUT. (a) Gware (b) Mere Kolw (c) Jrmtigunte AND (d) Shenga Badiyuva Kunte. MAGADI

14 BULLOCK CART CARRYING CRAFT, THE NIiT TIED TO THE CART IS CALLED "KALLl".

15 THRESHING OF JOWAR - TRODDEN BY OXEN. THlS OPERATION IS LOCALLY KNOWN AS "HANTm". PHOTOGRAPHS

16 WINNOWING OF JOWAR XXU MAGADI

17 WASHING OF GROUNDNU _~S ,N THE TANK TO Ci.BAN THEM FROM THE STICKING EARTH.

18 SIEVING OF GROUNDNUT FOR SCREENING OF DUST. PHOTOGRAPHS xxiii

19 U DUCHAMMA TEMPLE.

20 IMAGE OF U DUCHAMJIIA DISTRICT MAP O~ DHARWAR SHOWING THE LOCATION OF MAGADI VILLAGE SH.RHATTI TALUK 8/JA Pl.//? Sca1e i6 Mites to an Inch DI~TRIC T

~==:::::!::~ \"" ~~~~~~~ V

~ J... V?

15~ 0' 0'

" SUlte Roads Rail way Llne Rivers -

7(,,0 0' CHAPTER I

THE VILLAGE

Introducing the Village the greatness and the divinity of the first Teerthankara and the superiority of Iainism. Pampa is however in Magadi is a big village with a population of 2,513 his very best in his Bharata, popularly known as Pampa in the Shirahatti Taluk of the Dharwar District. Till Bharata or Vikramarjuna Vijaya in which he is both 1948 it was under the administration of the Princely typical and original in that he makes K-ama, the very State of Sangli and on the merger of the Princely States, embodiment of all the essentially humane qualities it along with the rest of the Shirhatti Taluk, came to including truth, mercy and self sacrifice, practically be integrated in the Dharwar District. Lying about the hero of this masterpiece of an epic. 35 miles to the east of the Poona-Bangalore National Highway (N.H. 4), it fairly represents the characteristics 5. 16 miles to the Northeast of Magadi lies Gadag, of the transitional tract between the Malnad and the the environs of which are of great architectural interest. Maidan areas of the Northern Maidan Region of the The Chalukyan art which had its birth at Mysore State. It is with a view of studying the socio­ grew into fullness here. Gadag which is a very ancient economic conditions prevailing in such a tract that this town, known as Kritupura in days bygone, is now a village has been selected for survey. large centre of trade (Cotton), commerce and education as also a railway junction. Its architectural wealth Location is to be seen in three large ancient within the 2. This village about 16 miles to the Southwest town and in innumerable ancient ruins and relics at of Gadag lies at the junction of the Shirhatti-Gadag eight miles away. The Veeranarayana temple and Laxmeshwar. - Gadag roads. It is bounded on here is peculiarly Chalukyan with a high entrance­ the north by the village of Holalapur; on the west by gopura and a large courtyard. The huge gatedoors and the village of Yelwatti; on the south by the villages of the inner temple have attractive carvings and sculptures. Gojnur and Akkigund; and on the east by Akkigund The temple is also famous for being associated with one and , all these villages being in Shirhatti of the greatest poets of - Shri Narayanappa Taluk only. or Kumara Vyasa - who made Bharata and the name of Veernarayana a household word in every part of 3. Shirhatti, 5 miles to the east is the :raluk Karnataka. Another small but extremely attractive Headquarters where almost all the Taluk Level Admini­ temple is that of Someswara. The Trikoote~wara and strative Offices like the Tahsildar's office, Office of the Saraswati temple with its rich ornamentation however, Block Development Officer, the Medical Dispensary, forms the greatest attraction of this place. There are Forest Office, etc. are located. At Shirhatti there is 2 rows of superb carvings and sculptures in polished also a private High School teaching up to the Secondary blackstone running along the entire front and back. School final examination. But this place is more The entire frieze containing about 360 handsome known for its Fakeerswami Math, which is revered figures, is one of the longest friezes in -India. There both by Hindus and Muslims. It is an ancient Math are numerous ancient inscriptions here. The Saraswati headed by a Lingayat Swami, and is associated with temple with its exquisitely carved eighteen pillars and several legends ascribing supernatural powers to the six pilasters is really a marvel. Mr. and Mrs. Workman, institution and its heads. Annually a big fair is held who toured the whole of India on bicycles record thus in May which is largely attended. "This temple contains eighteen columns executed with a perfection not to be found even in the Dilwara temples 4. Eight miles to the south of Magadi is Laxmesh­ at Mount Abu. The work on the architraves of the war, which was formerly a part of the Sr. State, doors would do credit to an expert artificer in gold". being the headquarters of then Laxmeshwar Taluk. Col. Meadows Taylor says "It is impossible to describe Here are located the Civil and Criminal Courts and the the exquisite finish of the pillars of the interior of this Veterinary Dispensary of the Taluk. This place is temple which are of blackhornablende or to estimate more famous as the place where Adikavi Pampa who as to how they were completed in their present condition wrot~ the great epics Adi Purana and Bharata, in the unless they were turned in a lathe... The carvings on 10th century got royal patronage. Adi Purana extols some of the pillars and lintels and architraves of the 2 MAGADI doors is quite beyond description. No chased work 10. Other places of interest near Magadi are in silver or gold could possibly be finer, and the patterns Varavi - about seven miles away, and Holalammana to this day are copied by Goldsmiths who take casts Gudda - about 13 miles away. The Magadi residents and moulds from them but fail in representing the visit these places at the time of annual fairs. At sharpness and finish of the original." Malasamudra, about 12 miles away, there is a sana­ torium for tubercolosis patients. 6. Lakkundi, originally said to be Lakshakunda is about eight miles to the Southeast of Gadag and Physical Aspects twentyfour miles away from Magadi. This small and 11. The village which is about 6,040 acres or almost forgotten place has many rare specimens of 9.4 Sq. miles in area stands 2,300 feet above sea level. Chalukyan art. It is said that in Lakkundi not only But for a few Babul trees here and there the undulating the essence of Chalukyan art is found but also that surface consists of bare and open plains. It is only vivid signs of the birth of the Hoysala style are seen. around the Gaothana proper that there is some greenery. The temples of Kashi Vishwanatha, Nandeeswara, During the rainy and cold seasons, the plain is a broad Ishwar and Radhakrishna are the centres of attraction stretch of rich crops of grain, pulse, cotton, etc. and the here. However it has to be admitted that this village lands present a pleasant prospect. In the hot months, is most charming if viewed in its ancient perspective though the heat is never extreme, the black plain without but dull in its present day circumstances. almost any traces of tillage gapes in deep fizzures and its bare monotony is relieved by few trees or shrubs. 7. Nearer home is Mulgund about 4 miles to the Clouds of dust sweep before the parching wind, or move Northeast of Magadi. It is an old village with several across the plain in huge pillars. The cheerless view is temples and inscriptions. Till 1848, when through broken by a few hills of sandstone. The soil types in failure of heirs it lapsed to the British Government, it the village are varieties of Deccan trap basalts at various belonged to the Chief of . It was one of the stages of weathering. It varies from reddish on the important places of mythological grandeur referred to Western side to light black and true black towards the in Kritupura Mahatmya. north and the west.

8. About 44 miles away stands , the hub 12. At a distance, the village has the appearance of trade, commerce and education in this region. It of crumbling clay walls with a few shunted Babul trees is a place where manufacturing business has flourished growing on the bund of the tank. Some stacks of alongside the trading business. The Railway junction Jowar fodder and the big tank come into view first and the road junction that Hubli is, is the main cause and then the Gaothana as the Gaothana is situated of its progress. This growing city with a population much below the road level. On closer approach what of over a lakh, has a railway workshop, several colleges seemed crumbling clay walls are the dwelling houses teaching commerce, arts and science, law, engineering, made of sundried bricks of white or semi-white calcareous medicine, etc., and several factories manufacturing steel earth with terraced tops of the same material, with safes, chemicals, cotton cloth, brassandcopper-ware etc. some having straw thatch thrown up against them. A Here are published a number of daily News-papers, few stone structures like the Police Quarters and some weeklies and monthlies. To provide civic amenities private stone buildings near the outskirts give a some­ to the growing town, the Hubli Municipality which was what presentable view to the village as one enters the first established in 1855, and which became a City Gaothana. Municipality in 1883, has now been developed into "the Hubli-Dharwar Municipal Corporation' by 13. Climatologically, three seasons are recognised merging the territories coming under the Hubli in the village. The hot weather from March to May, Municipal Borough and the Dharwar Municipal which is a period of rising temperature and falling Borough. barometric pressure with at times a few off-season showers in April; the South-west Monsoons from June 9. 56 miles away from Magadi stands Dharwar, to October, which brings the major precipitation in the Headquarters of the District. It is the seat of the July, weakens appreciably in August causing a slight Karnatak University and all the District Level Admini­ break and then again gains in strength in October when strative Offices are located here. Both Hubli and the retreating of the South-west Monsoons start; and Dharwar are connected by rail with Gudgeri from where then follows the cold and dry season from the middle an all weather road leads to Magadi. of October till the end of February. About the end of ., ~o· "16,9-5 'PHY5ICA;L FEATURES, OF MAGADI VILL AGE

SHIRHATTI TALUK~DHARWA.R DISTRICT. Scale 4 Miles to an Illch

REFERENCES Taluk Bounda.ry State Roads Othe.r ." RaJ/wa.y Llne -+-+-++- 12ivers & Streams 2;;:::: Ta[uk Hd, Qts. 0

• _ • .z.-' _.-._; Vlllafses 0 i, ~_a-'- t5· 15 15 ' CL iL 't. 'L Q.__ L 'L ~ lL- L L I- L.L. L L

I \ REFERENC£.'L NOTIONAL MAP Of 'MAGADI, SHIRHATT( TALUK. -lL­ Roads. ~r sChools. lEtS DHARWAR DISTRICT 7empJeJ. ttr 5hOps Q.5 ch~vadj ach.

P;mchaycrt HaJJ CJ we/(s. W.O THE VILLAGE 3

November the cold season perceptibly sets in, the May. In April and May, there would be occasional evening air begins to be chilly, and mists gather soon showers with thunder and lightning. The break of after sunset and towards the morning. Towards the the South-west Monsoon is generally looked for about end of December and early January, the night temper­ the middle of June. Sometimes the village suffers ature is at its minimum. During the whole period the from scanty rainfall. Showers in July and October are weather is fine with strong dry easterly winds. Towards very vital to the crops. On an average the village has the middle of February, both the day and night an annual rainfall of 20 to 30 inches as would be evident temperatures begin to rise till it becomes hottest in from the following figures:-

*Year 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961

*Rainfall 24.90 24.35 17.84 21.60 21.90 35.40 35.39 32.8b 30.19 20.16 23.65 604.3

OThe figures for 1950 to 1960 are in inches and cents and those for 1961 are in Millimetres. .

The month-wise precipitation for 1961 in Inches and Cents is as follows:-

Month Jan. Feb. March April May June July Aug. Septr. Octr. Novr. Deer.

Precipitation 3 - 93 3 - 87 6 - 78 6 - 19 1 - 77 0 - 76 8 - 22

13. There are no rivers either within or in the few other trees along the banks of the streams and on vicinity of the village. There is only one stream towards the roadsides. Babhul trees (Acacia arabica) are the the south of the Gaothana, which runs full only during most common, and at times stand like sentinels in the the rainy season. In summer it totally dries up. There midst of crops in the fields. Other trees found in the are no hills within the village limits but on its peripheries, village are Tamarind, Banyan, Neem, Drumsticks, the plains are broken by ranges of low rather bare Cassias, etc. The chief varieties of flowers found in sand-stone hills. In the west there is such a hillock the village are Marigold, Sunflower, Aster, Hibiscus, within the limits of Gojanur village; 2t miles away Jasmine, Christenthemun, etc. The chief vegetables towards the south there is a hillock in the Akkigund are cucumber, brinjal, radish, Lady's fingers, chillies, limits; Towards the north, about 4 miles away there is a peas, tomato, onion, etc. Fruit trees are not many hillock in the limits of Mulgund village of Gadag Taluka. either in number or varieties. A few scattered trees of On the outskirts of the residential area towards the north mango, guava, and cocoanut palms are seen in the and separated by the road to Shirhatti lies a big tank village. Groundnut, cotton, wheat, jowar and some covering an area of 98 acres and 3 gunthas. This legumes like blackgram, greengram, horsegram, tur, tank never dries up. The water from it is used only etc., are the principle crops in the fields. by the cattle and for washing purposes and not for irrigation, as the water is reported to be harmful to 15. The tree growth in the village and also in the crops. neighbourhood being sparse, there is not much shelter for wild animals and so they are very scarce. The only Flora and Fauna wild beasts occasionally seen are the leopard cat­ 14. There are no forests either in this village or Felis Bengalensis (Hongia), the Indian wolf - Canis anywhere in the neighbourhood and so the woodbearing Pallipes (Tola), the wild cat - Felis Chans (Advibekku), area is extremely small. The bulk of the hills of the the rabbit, etc. The black buck or Antelope ('Chigari'), neighbouring villages are bare or at best have a covering at one time found in great numbers in the plains is of only scrub and thorn. In Shirhatti Taluk the total growing scarce. The chief domestic animals are oxen, area assigned as forests is about 25,559 acres. At cows, buffaloes, sheep, goats, horses and donkeys. present the bulk of this area is in very poor condition. Blue Rock pigeons (Parivala) Partridge (Kanjaga), The rewooding of these hills is undertaken. This. Quails, Indian Bustards ('Yeriladdus') Crows and process must be slow, but there seems no reason to Sparrows are the birds commonly seen in the village. dOUbt that with time and care the attempts wj}} succeed. Mter the rains, ducks are seen in the tank. Squrirels In the village there are some stunted Tad palms and a and rats are also quite commonly seen. 4 MAGADI

Residential Pattern Transport and Communications 16. The residential area of the Gaothana covering 19. The village is connected with Gadag, Shirhatti an area of 31 acres and 7 gunthas extends to about 2 and Laxmeshwar by all-weather metalled roads. furlongs from North to South and about It furlongs However the traffic on these roads gets disorganised for from east to west. The Gaothana being in a low lying a few hours at a stretch in the rainy season when there area often gets slushy in the rainy season. The thing is a heavy downpour and the nalas which cross these that strikes an observant eye on entering the village is roads are flooded. Daily, 24 State Transport buses the lack of planning in setting up the Gaothana and the ply through the village. The chief line of traffic is the residential structures therein. The streets are haphazard Pala-Badami road, which is also locally known as the and not well planned. All of them take a zig-zag Laxmeshwar-Gadag road. A number of lorries which course through the village and are so narrow that even ply on this road help the villagers in marketing their two bullock carts cannot pass easily. None of them has produce at Gadag and other centres. Two lorries are a hard surface and also there is no proper drainage to owned by the residents of this village. The other permit flow of dirty water coming from the residential popular mode of transport is the Bicycle. There are houses. One noticeable feature in the village is that 17 cycles in the village. The nearest Railway Station at several places, one comes across well laid layers of is at Gudgeri which is about 16 miles away. Inspite burnt bricks lying buried in the earth. Nobody is in of all the modern transport facilities, the traditional a position to explain when and why they were laid bullock cart continues to be an important feature of there. It may have been so done, a few generations the village. They are used not only in agriculture but back, as a means of protection of the lowlying village also as means of transport over short distances. Many Gaothana from the percolating waters of the tank. of the neighbouring villages like Akkugund, Parasapur, etc., are not well connected by roads and in slich cases, 17. The various castes seem to have generally bullock carts are the only dependable transport vehicles. tended to form their own cluster of houses by con­ centrating in a particular area or street. Many of the 20. There is a Branch Post Office in the village streets are known either by names of the castes which where facilities for Money Order Remittances, predominate in that street or by the names of the Registration, Savings Bank, Sales of National Savings prominent families which reside in the street. Thus Certificates, etc., are provided. The nearest Telegraph 'Kundi Oni' which mainly forms the residential area of Office is at Shirhatti, 5 miles away. 'Kurubas' is So named as a large number of f?milies residing here have 'Kundi' as their surname. 'Reddi Important Public Places Oni' on the northwest of the Gaothana is mainly 21. There are a number of welfare and admini­ occupied by Reddis. The middle, eastern and Southern strative institutions functioning in the village. There portions form principally the residential area of is a Boys' School teaching up to Vernacular Lingayats. The Ganigars, Talwars, Barkers and VII Standard, for which a new building is being Helawas are mainly found in the streets named after constructed on the outskirts of the village. The Gram their castes, in the south-east. And as has been generally Panchayat has been functioning from 1955. There is the practice in rural areas, Harijans have their secluded a village Chawdi, where the Village Accountant (Talati) habitation in the south-east corner of the Gaothana. and the Pati! have their office. There are two Co­ The factor guiding this residential pattem in the village operative institutions, viz., The Large Scale Society is presumably the immigration of the various castes functioning from 1945 and the Service Co-operative into the village at different times. Society started in 1960. The Primary Health Unit of 18. The living space being limited, with the rise Shirhatti has started a sub-centre here. A Mahilamandal, in population and number of households the village is Yuvakmandala, Gram Sway am Sevaka Dal, Shishu­ getting congested. In 1951, there were 464 households vihar, etc. are some of the institutions started after the for a population of 1,838. According to the 1961 introduction of the National Extension Scheme in the Census figures the population has been 2,429 distributed Taluk. among 471 households and at the time of this Survey, undertaken in 1962 - 63, the number of households has 22. There are a number of public places of worship. been 522 for a population of 2,513. So between 1951 Big and small they number about 28 but the chief places and the period of survey there has been an increase by of worship are the Udachamma temple, the Basavanna 12l- % in the number of households and 36.7% in temple, Neelawwa temple and the· Beeranna temple. population. Udachamma, whose temple is situated at the entrance ('V'" z

:r o ~ r » o c: c :;u" z o »

.. ~ ~. ~ ~ bi't/)~ ::3 t't" ~ )r ":I c;:, ~ e=. • ~ 11) QJ Q.. ''It S (J> T"'I ...., rrr~ ~ (") III CJI

~ It 'RESiDENTIAL HOUSE OF SHRI N.B. KOL·lWA'o.· M.AGADI TAL: SHIRHAiTI Scale: ilnch == 10 Ft

DOO~S WITH PLAUt PLANl

OF 1'6" ~ 2.' THICK PLASTE.R: MUD PLASTER FOR f-o-- 8'-F<- BOTH SIDE WALLS FLOORING: MURUM FLOORING BATH ROOFING: DHABA ROOFING tg' WITH J'.W LOGS

PLINTH HEIGHT: 2,' ~p2. D'3 CElLING HEIGH j I-- 6!6"t ~10'5"- 1-+'- FRoM PLUi "tH : 9' GOD'S s~' KITCHEN ROOM APPROXtMATE , 2, COST: R-s10~oool_ ~D} ID~C 'I 2.o'~" , " (;G PAOASALI

,0 loJ 1: IJ)

'"..I l­ t­ e( V

.(,------a.~I_';; THE VILLAGE 5 of the village is considered to be the principal deity of im.cription in old Kannad is partly damaged. It is on the village. a big slab and is attributed to the period of the King Chaladankankan and is dated Saka 892, Sukla Shravana Cemeteries Su 1 i.e. Sunday, the 18th of July 969 A.D. It registers the gift of the village Kayikajja assthana to Sakarasi­ 23. There are three cemeteries in the village. One Pandita, disciple of Brahmaputra Bhajana when located on the eastern side of the village is meant Ballavarasa was governing the 6000 which was a part exclusively for the Mohemmadans. The other two of province. This may indicate that this graveyards are used by other villagers. The one region must have been under the rule of Banavasi located towards the south-west of the village is 2.23 Kadambas for sometime. Another inscription found acres in area. The other is located near the U dachamma on a slab in Yalwatti, a village 3 miles away, refers to temple in the north, where it is necessary to pay Rs. 5/­ this village which must have been then known es to the temple for each burial. Mahagundior Magundi. This partly broken inscription of the period of King Viraballala of the Hoysalas is dated Sources of Water Ananda Pusyaamavasya (Sunday), Uttarayana Sankra­ 24 .. There is no protected water supply in the mana Solar eclipse. It states that Simall':lballayya, village. There are ten wells in the Gaothana, of which pupil of Nilakanthadeva of Magundi, had the pond of the water in only 5 wells i~ potable. One of the wells, God Swayambhu Gundanatha excavated and made located near the Harijankeri, is eclusively used by a gift of land into the hands of the one hundred and Madigas. Water in all the wells i generally brackish. twenty Mahajanas of Elvatti for its upkeep. Some of Of the 16 wells used for irrigation in the past, only 8 the older people of the village, who were contacted are in use. The remaining 8 wells are not in proper in the course of the present enquiries, believe that this repair and also require deepening. The extensive tank village was formerly known as Mahagundi because of on the outskirts of the village only creates a delusion the Ishwar temple which was formerly known as of plenty of irrigation in the village. This tank is only Mahagundeshwar temple. Chalukyas, it is said, had used by the cattle and for washing purposes. given five villages, viz. Akkigund, Shettikeri, Hullur, Sogihal and Kundralli in Inam to this temple. According Market to them there was an old inscription which laid down that Puja was to be offered 3 times a day to this deity 25. It is really a strange feature of this village that and that failure to do so was considered as equivalent it should have three shadies every week. On every to the sin of killing one hundred cows. Some think Monday, Thursday anCi Saturday, there is a shandy in that this was a big temple ('Mahagudi' in Kannada) and the village, the biggest of them being the one held on so the name of the village must have been Mahagudi, Monday. About 60-70 temporary shops dealing in which is now converted into Magadi. Another school grocery, cloth, sweetmeats, earthenware, etc., spring of thought is that because of the existence of some two up on the shandy day when people from the neighbour­ big tanks, one of which can be seen even to this day, ing villages also gather. For larger trade, the people the village must have been known as Mahagundi from go to Shirhatti, Laxmeshwar and Gadag. which the present name is derived. Another set of old men in the village were of opinion that the present name Legend and History is derived from the word 'Mahagadi' - big boundry 26. In the absence of any ancient monuments, - as this village, which is even to this day quite big, authentic books of definite historical character, old must have formed the big boundry of some Kingdom. inscriptions and temples which play an important part So there is no authoritative version as to how the village in making us know of the past, it is difficult to say got its present name. anything about the hi~tory of the village. It is generally through inscriptions in metal and stone, on the pedastals 27. Mention of this region is found in 'Kritupura of idols, on the walls and pillars of temples and on Mahatmya' which appears in the latter part of 'Bhavishy­ rocks which have come down to us that we trace our ottara Purana'. Unfortunately this book is not in history to the distant past. It is also these inscriptions, print. 'Kritupura Mahatmya', a neat little work of temples and other monuments that help us in getting 18 chapters in Sanskrit demarcates the ancient Kritupura a glimpse of the culture and civilisation of our ancestors. region as bounded by the river Krishna towards the But. unfortunately no such records are available relating north, the Tungabhadra and the 'Kappata' range of to this village in particular excepting for one inscription mountains towards the south, of Vijayanagar near the Neelawwa's temple in the village. This old fame towards the east, and the Sahyadri mountain 6 MAGADI ranges towards the west. Magadi falls within this Magadi was since then under the rule of the Rajasaheb region. It is said that out of the nine 'Manasa Putras of Sangli. After the overthrow of the in of Lord , viz. Marichi, Angirasa, Pulashya, 1818, the British East India Company concluded a Kritu, Pulana, Atri, Bhrigu, Vasistha and Daksha, who treaty with the in 1819. The terms of this came down to earth for penance, Kritu settled down treaty are reproduced as Appendix III. By Article 5 in Kapota tract, by selecting an enchanting spot called of this treaty, the grants that existed then were 'Kuberaksha Van a' for his penance. Kapotarama guaranteed. In about 1919 a Council was brought a deadly demon of this area had secured a rare boon into existence to help the ruler in the administration from , that he should die only at the hands of a of the State. By successive grants of some reforms, 'Purana Muni', an ancient sage and not at the hands a regular assembly called the Rayat Assembly was of anyone else. Getting intoxicated with power, established in the State in 1930. This assembly consisted Kapotarama became a source of nuisance to Kritu. of 40 members of whom 20 were to be elected directly Several other Rakshasas also joined hands with to the assembly, 10 were to be officials, and 10 Kapotarama. Finding himself helpless, Kritu offered nominated non-officials. By an announcement on the prayers to God, who advised him to make a -pilgrimage 22nd December 1938, the Constitution of the assembly to Bhadrinath and seek the help of Narayana for killing was enlarged and the Government of Sangli Act No.1 the Rakshasas. Narayana discarded his yogic form of 1941 came into force on 5th March 1941 and this at Ahobala (Homb'11), assumed the form of Veer­ was amended by Act No. II of 1945 and Act No. III narayana and destroyed all the demons. At the behest of 1946. The maximum strength of the assembly was of Kritu and other sages, Veernarayana agreed to raised to 45 of which 30 were to oe elected from well stay at Gadag and bless the ancient Kritupura region. defined constituencies. According to these reform measures it was also laid down that a council of atleast 28. Another legend which relates to this village three Ministers should be constituted to carryon the in particular says that in days of yore, Magadi was a executive Government of the State. Some of the very big village covering the geographical limits of the Departments like Defence, Communications, Foreign present Akkigund, Paraspur, and Holalapur villages affairs, Khasagi including Religious and Charitable also. Once, when the village was observing the 'Holi' ceremonies of the State, Saranjams etc., were however festival and burning the effigy of 'Kama', some burning reserved by the Head of the State. This administration embers were blown away by gusty winds. The fire continued to function till the 8th of March, 1948, on which was caught by a fodderstack, quickly spread out which date the princely States of Deccan including the and before it could be extinguished, the village was Sangli State merged with the Union Territories. Magadi divided into four regions, which now form the villages with the rest of the Shirhatti Taluk was attached to the of Magadi, Akkigund, Parasapur and Holalapur. Dharwar District. Till 31-10-1956 this District was included in the Bombay State and on the reorgani~ation 29. The historical past, the authenticity of which of the States on 1-11-1956, the District as also this can be vouched, records that the village along with village came under the Mysore State. An extract of several other neighbouring territories came under the history of Sangli State and Shirhatti Taluk as it rule, with the rise of the Marathas. During has appeared in the Gazetteer of is produced the regime of the Peshwas, some of these areas came to As Appendices I and II. be granted to the Patwardhans. The founder of the Patwardhan family was Hari Bhat of Kotwade in History of the Settlement of the Different Sections of District. His sons Govind Had and two the Population others rose to military conunand under the first 30. There is no clear account of the settlement and received grants of land on condition of military of the various sections of the population. Most of service. The first grant of land was in the name of the castes in the village are not able to say, how, when Govind Hari, but the Peshwas subsequently divided al1d where from their ancestors came and settled in the it into unequal portions among Govind H:1ri and his village. The Raddis say that they are migrants from two nephews. A~ a result of this division, Mira] came . Their ancestors hailed from Adoni to the share of Govind Hari. In 1782, Miraj descended in Kurnool District. But they have absolutely no idea to Chintamanrao, a grandson of Govind Hari, a child as to when and wh) they came and settled down here. six years of age. During his minority, the Estate was They claim descent from Hemaraddi Mallamma, a managed by his uncle Gangadharrao. On his attaining saint and a great devotee of Venkatramana of Tirupati. majority the estate was divided between them, the Lalgoudars who form a sub-division among Lingayats uncle reteining Miraj and Chintamanrao taking Sangli. claim to have migrated here from Bellary District. It RESIDENTIAL HOUSE OF SHRI GALEPPA TAl YEL1..AVVA HARhlAN OF MAGADI TAL: SH1RHA'TTI SC ale 1 mch= 8 Ft

DOORS Wl'Ttl :r.w. FRAMES & THA'TT\ SHUTTER.S D, :. ~'6" X 5'0" D2, :. 2.' ':3" x -4' 9" WALLS. SVt't-D'RIED BRICK MASONARY l\'\. MUD M O'R'TOR. OF 2.' THICK

Pt..AS'TER.~ MUD PLAS"TER FOR aOTH SlDI:S F"[.OOlUNG: MURUH. FLOORING ROOFING: 'PHABA ROOFING PLINTH HE: IGH T : l.'FT. CEILING H&lG\\T FROM PLtNTH 10 FT. APPROXIMATE COST; Rs. 2.500/- _------=---""'7 .~ '< t---- 11.' ---' f--

HALL 9 I -1

C ATTLE S~'ED

1\ [ -~ J a.----, GROUND PLAN

THE VILLAGE 7 is stated that about 5 generations back, Lalgoudars or two families came and settled down at Magadi. used to collect Land Revenue for the Government. The Voddas claim to hail originally from Shinvathri and In one season, they were unable to collect any revenue Dodavathri near . They moved out in search from the cultivators, as there was famine in the region. of work and settled down in various places where they To escape from the wrath of the Government officials, could find work in stone quarries. The residents of they fled the place and migrated to other areas. One the village seem to be original settlers. 8

CHAPTER II

THE PEOPLE AND THEIR MATERIAL EQUIPMENTS

Ethnic Composition stimulus to the school of devotion to Siva, which was represented by the Pasupatas and the Kalamukhas. 31. India is a country known for its variety in During this period, a host of Veerasaiva mystics from religions and faiths. Its religious history is as varied all quarters headed by Allamma Prabhu, Basaveshwara, as its political history, the most remarkable feature Chenna Basava, Siddharama and Akkamahadevi, stood being that right from prechristian era, the doors of for the new outlook in religion and literature and built the country have been kept open to all the great religions up the Veerasaiva institution of Anubhavagosthi or of the world, apart from the religions and sects which Anubhava Mantapa in Kalyan, the capital of King llave sprung up on tlle local soil. Tlle spirit of tolerance Bijjala of the Kalachuri house. The Lingayats, with is one of the fundamental traits of Indian culture, and their priests known as Jangams, formed originally one it is for this reason that we find people of various body ignoring caste distinctions. Later on, however, religious faiths living together even in the remotest they formed into several endogamous groups among corners of the country. And among these people, themselves, these groupings being mainly based on the there are further segmental divisions of society called ~ occupation each group followed. With lapse of time castes and sub-castes, in which the chief determinant even amongst Lingayats, certain groups were relegated of a class is birth and not wealth. to an inferior social status with the result that some social inequalities and disabilities developed among 32. In Magadi there are people following Hindu, these various endogamous groups. Thus to-day, though Muslim and Christian faiths. Among Hindus there are interdining among the members of different 19 castes and among Muslims there are 6 sects. Table endogamous units is pennitted, intermarriage is not. IV presents the complex caste composition of some of the numerically important castes of the village, whose 34. Though the tenets preached by Basaveshwara particulars have been discussed in this report: were intended to replace the traditional ones completely with the passage of time some of the traditional customs Households Popu]atilM and beliefs have reappeared among the followers of Sl. Veerashaivism with the result that at present several No. Caste Percentage of Percentage of persons professing this faith observe a certain amount the total no. of the total of the traditional practices without in any way giving No. households No. population up the new doctrines preached by Basaweshwara. One of his leading doctrines was that there was one God who 1. Lingayat 240 45.98 1211 48.19 required neither mediators, fasts, nor pilgrimages. 2. Kurubas 66 12.65 298 11.86 3. Reddi 30 5.75 148 5.89 But the Magadi Lingayats worship several Gods like 4. Panchala 16 3.07 87 3.46 Udachamma, Veerabhadra, Hanumanta Deva, observe 5. Talwar 15 2.87 65 2.59 fasts on some occasions and go on pilgrimages too. 6. Harijans 34 6.52 165 6.60 However, it has to be admitted that the Lingayats 7. Helava 12 2.30 61 2.43 worship fewer Gods, they have fewer fasts and feasts and 8. Lamanis 9 1.72 40 1.59 9. Muslim 45 8.62 197 7.83 fewer ceremonies especially death ceremonies and purifying ceremonies than Brahmanical Hindus.

(A) Lingayats 35. According to their faith, all the Lingayats­ 33. Numerically Lingayats form the major caste both men and women - wear Ling. The Ling is in the village. There are 240 households consisting 0 generally made of light-grey slate stone enclosed in 1211 persons of Lingayats. They are also known as a case of two discs, the lower of which called Ban, is Lingwants and Veerasaivas. They are a religious body circular and the upper called Jalhar, slightly elongated, dating from the eleventh century, when they formed a The case is made of silver or gold, depending on the separate entity rejecting the scriptures and abandoning financial circumstances of the wearer. Some persons, some of the traditional Hindu ceremonies and pilgrim­ especially those who are too poor to afford a silver or ages. The Lingayat sect rose to prominence in the gold casing, tie it in a piece of silk cloth and wear it twelfth century, when Basaveshwara revived the on the arm, above the elbow. According to the Veerasaiva faith, founded the Lingayat sect and gave theory of the Lingayat faith, the wearer of a Linga is THE PEOPLE AND THEIR MATERIAL EQUIPMENTS 9 safe from all evil influences and neither stars nor evil fittest among his Maris is raised to his seat. Maris spirits can harm him. However in practice Magadi are generally chosen from among Gurusthala families. Lingayats consult astrologers and fear and guard against evil spirits only .fllittle less constantly and carefully than 39. In the village there are 4 main divisions among their Brahmanic neighbours. A man or woman keeps the Jangams, viz. (1) Mathistharu or Hennujolagi­ the same ling all through his or her life and only in the yavaru, (2) Gandujolagiyavary, (3) Ganachari and grave is it taken out of the case and tied round the (4) Mathapati. It is only Hennujolagiyavaru, who have corpse's neck or arm. If the 'Ling' is at any time lost a right to officiate at the religious ceremonies of the accidentally, the wearer has to undergo some purifying Lingayats and perform the Diksha rite. Whenever they ceremonies (Shuddhi) and receive a new Ling from go out for arms they wear a bell-garter or lang below the Guru. The three watchwords of the Lingayat faith the right knee and wear ochre colured clothes and are the Ling, Jangam and Guru. If Ling is the stone generally they get alms in the form of flour and not home of the deity, the Jangam is the human abode of whole grain. Gandujolagiyavaru have no right to the deity and the Guru is the holy teacher who breathes officiate at any religious ceremony independently but the sacred spell into the disciple'S ear. can only assist Hennujolagiyavaru. They have also no right to obtain alms in the form of flour and cannot go 36. They believe that the wearers of Ling are not with the bell-garter for alms. They can take only a liable to transmigration. A Lingayat after death, goes satchel (Jolagi) and a stick when seeking alms. They to heaven or hell depending on his conduct in this life cannot also offer Maris or acolytes to any Math. and where he is sent, there he stays. And it is for this Mathapatis or the Lingayat beadles assist the five reason that they do not have many afterdeath rites. Simhasanas of Ujjani near Kottur in Bellary Di~trict, . In their respect for life, in the strictness of their rules Shrishail, Balihalli, Kedar and Kashi. They also help against the use of animal food and liquor, and in their Mathastharu in performing religious ceremonies. belief regarding the non-return of the dead, the Ganacharis are the monastery managers who also assist Lingayats are like the Jains. Mathstharu in religious ceremonies. Though the traditional occupation of Jangams mainly relates to religion, the Jangams of Magadi have taken to culti­ 37. The religious mioded Lingayats repeat the vation and trade. A few cultivate land, a few work as Panchakshari or five syllabled spell Namasshivaya that. agricultural labourers, two are running retail shops, and is 'Obeisance to Shiva' regularly atleast twice a day. one is working as a photographer. The chief deity They besmear their foreheads with 'Vibhuti' which is of the Jangams is Marulsiddeshwar of Ujjani. They believed to protect them from evil's way. also worship the local deities of Basavanna, Fakeerswami Gaddige, etc. Marital relationship between Hennu­ 38. In Magadi, there are 11 endogamous groups jolagiyavaru and Gandujolagiyavaru is forbidden, as among Lingayats, viz. (1) Jangam, (2) Panchamsali, the former are considered superior. However marriages (3) Kaduvakkaliga, (4) Banajiga, (5) Shivashimpi, between Ganacharis and Mathapatis are permitted. (6) Ganiga, (7) Hugar, (8) Hadapad, (9) Lalagondar, There are further exogamous divisions called 'Bhagis' (10) Madivala and (11) Kumbhara. which are more or less similar to Gotras.

39. Jangams form the priestly class among 40. Kuduvakkaligas derive their name from the Lingayats. There are 32 households of Jangams word 'Kuda' meaning hoe, because their traditional consisting of 73 males and 65 females. They are occupation is agriculture. But some scholars say that broadly divided into two classes, viz. (1) Viraktas and this group is not 'Kuduvakkaliga' but 'Koduvakkaliga' (2) Gurusthalas. The Viraktas who lead a celibate life, as they were known to be very liberal in giving whatever spend most of their time in devotion and study. grain they possessed. This endogamous group is Gurusthalas, who can marry a maiden can also become further divided into several groups, viz. Taddodi, the 'Gurus' or spiritual heads of the Lingayats. Dandavati, Minigadaharu, Navalenavaru, etc. A story Gurusthalas are less retired than the Viraktas. They is current to show how the Taddodiyavaru and Danda­ conduct all the religious ceremonies of the Lingayats watiyavaru got these names. It is said that two families under the superintendence of Pattadayas or Heads of were attending a marriage when one family sat on a Monasteries. The Viraktas generally have Maris or carpet spread over bales of cotton and the other on a acolytes to assist them in the Maths. Maris, who may carpet spread on sesamum. There was a quarrel about be two to ten, in number in any Math, are celibates the ownership of of cotton and sesamum between the and after the death of a Virakta, the most learned and two groups, when it started raining heavily. In the 10 MAGADI

downpour sesamum was washed away and the cotton and there are some agricultural labourers also. There got wet. When the matter was taken up in arbitration are 9 households of Hadapadas, who are the traditional both the parties were ordered to pay fines. Dandawatis Lingayat barbers and who receive wages in kind once paid the fine by selling cotton but Tadodis ran away as in a year in the form of 'Aya' from the cultivators. they had nothing to pay the fine from. All of them But most of the Hadapads from Magadi are doing have stuck to their traditional occupation of agriculture, cultivation or agricultural labour. There are 7 house­ though in addition to agriculture, one household is holds of Lalgondars, who have, as already stated, running a groundnut oil mill and another two are migrated from Bellary District, about 5 centuries back. retail grocers. Till about 25 years back marital relation­ As they were staying in huts immediately after their ship among these four groups were not permitted. migration to Magadi, they are also known as 'Guda­ However now there have been intermarriages between salamaniyavaru'. There are two divisions among Toddodis and Dandawatis, though not among the Lalgondas, viz. (1) Kempa Trani (Red pots) and remaining groups. (2) Bile Trani (white pot), depending on the colour of the earthen pots which are offered worship at the time 41. There are 16 households of Banajigas. The of marriages. Now marriages between the two divisions name Banajig is derived from the Sanskrit 'Yanik', take place though formerly they were prohibited. a trader as their traditional occupation is trading. In However marital relationship between families having Magadi all the Banajigas are cultivators, and only four the same family deity are not permitted. At Bellary, are engaged in trading in addition to cultivation. One their traditional occupation was only collection of household consists of soothsayers. Banajigas of Magadi revenue from the rayats but here they have taken to are divided into four endogamous groups, viz. (1) Adi agriculture. Madivalars, who constitute 6 households Banajiga meaning the first trading Lingayats, (2) are the traditional Lingayat washermen. Formerly Sheelavantaru meaning pure, (3) Melapavadadavaru, they used to serve only the Lingayats, and never used and (4) Nonamuttadavaru. Intermarriages among to wash the clothes of people of any other castes. But these divisions are not permitted, though interdining is now they do not observe any such restrictions. They allowed. Elderly Banajigas get Diksha from Jangams. are usually paid their wages annually soon after harvests Those who have received Diksha are not expected to in the form of 'Aya', in kind. Most of them do culti­ cleanse the vessels in which they eat, do not sweep the vation as well. Kumbharas are the traditional potters. floor and can take food only after bath and worship There is only one household of Kumbharas in the of the Ling or 'Lingarchana.' villages, which has stuck on to the traditional occupation. 42. Panchamsali, who form 105 households are the followers of Panchapeeta or Panchasimhasanas. 43. Thus it will be seen most of the divisions Shivashimpis, who form l3 households, are the tradi­ among Lingayats are based on occupation and thus tional Lingayat tailors, though no household of are functional divisions. Their home tongue is Kannada. Shivshimpis is doing tailoring, at Magadi. They have They are generally dark in complexion and are strong all taken to agriculture. There are 12 households of and sturdy. They are very good husbandmen. Their Ganigs, whose traditional occupation is oilpressing. personal names are generally either the names of the But in Magadi all Ganigs are doing cultivation excepting reputed founders of their religion, or of village Gods one household which does oilpressing in addition to and Goddesses. Conunonly their names among men cultivaiton. Amc;mg Ganigas, there are two endogamous are Basappa, Chanbasappa, Irappa, Kallappa, Shivappa, divisions, viz. Kareganigas and Sajjanganigas. All Virbhadrappa, Fakeerappa and among women Basavva, the Ganigas of Magadi come under Kareganigas. Dyamavva, Sangavva, Kallavva, Iravva, etc. It would There are two Bhagis among Kareganigas, viz. Melasak­ thus be seen that the names with the honorific 'appa' kariyavaru and Male. Marriage within the denote the names of men and the same names with the Bhagi is not permitted. There are 11 households of honorific 'avva' denote the names of women. The Hugars or the traditional Lingayat flower sellers. Jangams have the honorific, 'Ayya' instead of 'Appa'. These households distribute flowers, Bae! leaves, etc. Thus Basayya, Irayya, Kallayya, Fakerayya, etc. to Lingayat households daily or twice or thrice a week are the names of Jangams. Their chief deities are and in return are given some grains. At the time of Basaveshwar at , Veerabhadradeva of Godchi, harvesting of crops, they are given 'Aya' (annual Yellamma of , etc. Many of them attend the customary payments in the form of grain) by cultivators. annual fairs at these places. They revere much the The Hugars of Magadi have taken to other vocations Fakeeraswami Math at Shirhatti and observe vows to also. Most of them do cultivation, one is doing the principal 'Gaddige' called 'Kartni Gaddige' (tomb carpentry, one is in Government service as a Gramsevak of the first and principal swami of this Math). iHE PEOPLE AND THEIR MATERIAL EQUIPMENTS 11

44. Compared with other castes in the village, Cultivators among them were known as Hattikankans, the Lingayats are economically well off. They built as they were producing a lot of cotton ('Hatti' in up this economical superiority in the course of the last Kanares~) and sheep rearers were known as Unni­ four or five generations by dint of hard work, frugal kankans CUnni' means wool in Kanarese) But if the habits and communal solidarity. They playa leading meaning of 'Kankans' which in Kanarese means wristlet part in the village life. Their numerical strength is is considered, it appears that the names of these two also a factor to be counted in any common issue pertain­ endogamous divisions might have derived from the ing to the village. They allow divorces for extreme practise of wearing wool or cotton wristlets at the cases of incompatibility or for adultery. They allow time of marriages. All the Kurubas of Magadi belong remarriages and widow marriages and in such cases the to Hattikankan division. marriage is called 'Udki' marriage. Polygamy is not practiced. A man may marry his sister's daughter 48. Intermarriage between these two divisions is Generally marriage between children of brothers of not permitted, though there are no restrictions in children of sisters is not favoured. So also marriage interdining. There are further sub-divisions called with the children of a paternal uncle or maternal aunt 'Bedagu' among them. Some of the Bedagus are is forbidden. Bannelaru, Turebellaru, Adinaru, Halbannelaru, Handekurba, Zendekuruba, etc. Marriages between (B) Kurubas members of the same Bedagu are prohibited. A man may marry his father's sister'S, mother's sister's, or 45. Numerically Kurubas with 66 households mother's brother's daughter and even his sister's and 298 persons form the next important caste in the daughter. Separation and divorces though permitted, village. The term 'Kuruba' is derived from the Kanarese rarely take place. Widow remarriages are not permit­ word 'Kuri' meaning sheep. Traditionally, they are ted, though 'Udki' is allowed. shepherds but none in the village rear sheep now. They are all cultivators or agricultural labourers. 49. The Kurubas are small, dark and strongly built. They are remarkably sturdy and are good 46. They have an interesting story to tell about workers in the field. Their hometongue is Kannada. their origin. They say that years back there was an A few of the Kurubas from Magadi are vegetarians incarnation of God Shiva in the form of Revana and the rest are non-vegetarians. Siddeshwar at Kalyan. And at this time, a goddess by name Mayi lived at Kolhapur. She had incarcerated thousands of Lingayat saints, whom Ravana Siddeshwar 50. The public conduct of Kurubas is generally liberated. Half of the saints he set at liberty, became guided and controlled by a caste panchayat of theirs. Lingayat priests who maintained themselves on charity. The Caste Panchayat at Magadi is presided over by a The other half were turned into sheep and driven into Council of elders belonging to four households - two a cave, the mouth of which was closed with a stone. from the households of 'Kattimanyavaru' and two The plough of one Padmanna, in whose field this cave from the households of 'Hiretanamaneyavaru'. These was situate, accidentally displaced the stone covering offices are hereditary. Though the influence of this the cave and the sheep which were let loose came and caste Panchayat has decreased to a large extent recently surrounded him. One day when he had taken these still it helps in the settlement of a number of disputes sheep to a nearby forest for grazing, he met a beautiful and differences among Kurubas. But in more serious cases, like challenging the authority of the local caste girl who had been concealed there by a Rakshasa. The Panchayat, assaulting with shoes, etc., they approach girl was too eager to marry Padmanna and so rushed Shiddayaswami forward and put a garland round his neck. At this of Hullur, about 16 miles away. The stage God Shiva appeared in person and performed the Swami decides the dispute and the person found guilty marriage using marriage wristlets (Kankans) made of has to feed all the castemen. This practice of giving wool as cotton was not available. Thus came into community feasts (Daivadauta) has however declined existence two divisions of Kurubas known as Unni­ now. kankans (the followers of Padmanna) and Hatti Kankans (the followers of Padmanna's brother) who use wristlets 51. Several cultivators consider it a good omen . to see the face of a Kuruba, the first thing in the morning. of wool and wristlets of cotton respectively at the time Their family deities are mailarlingappa of Devargudda of marriages. and Yallamma of Saundatti and their chief deity is 47. Some people say that the Kurubas were Beeredevaru. Their 'Guru' is Siddayyaswami of Hullur. traditionally both cultivators and sheep rearers. A Liugayat priest officiates at all their religious functions. 12 MAGADI

Their names are more or less similar to those of 55. The Namada Raddis are further divided into Lingayats. They believe in soothsaying and witchcraft. several exogamous divisions called 'Bedagus', of which the important are Enekandlu, Honnagudaraddi, Phede­ C. Raddi laru, Katari, Mudimallaru, Honnamuttala, Budyaladaru, 52. There are 30 households of Raddis consisting Gangalavaru, etc. Marriages between members of the of 148 persons. They are a cultivating caste who appear same Bedagus are prohibited. Marriages with father's to have originally immigrated from Advani in Kurnool sister's daughter or mother's brother's daughter is District in Andhra State. In this State they are permitted. Marriage with mother's sister's daughter is found in large number in Dharwar, , , not allowed by some but is allowed by others. Namada and Bellary Districts. They seem to be Raddis have Brahmin priests to officiate in their connected with the Rashtrakuta or Ratta Dynasty, marriages and other religious ceremonies. They permit who according to some historians were Raddis or widow remarriages but generally a bachelor is not Radders. Their tradition is that the caste is descended permitted to marry a widow. Divorce is permitted from Hemaraddi Mallamma, who was a staunch devotee under certain circumstances like infidelity of a partner, of Venkatramana of Tirupati and who was ordained impotency, et~. . into sainthood by Mallayyaswami of Shrishail. As such their chief deity is Venkatramana of Tirupati. 56. Namada Raddis are of the Vaishnava sect. As already stated their chief deity of worship is Shri 53. None in the village is able to say when and Venkatesh of Tirupati. Their other deities are Yellamma why they migrated to this region from Andhra Pradesh. of Saundatti, Mallayaswami of Shrishail, Dyamawwa But they agree in saying that on migration they settled and other local ~hrines. They occasionally go on down principally in three places, viz. , Ainapur pilgrimage to Tirupati and Shrishail. They observe and Binakadkatti, all in Dharwar District. These several Hindu fasts and feasts. They have great belief three settlements gave rise to three groups called Hulkoti in astrology, soothsaying and witchcraft. When Bana, Ainapur Bana and Binkadakatti Bana. In the epidemics break out or when they are faced with hierarchy of Banas, Hulkiti Bana is considered to be calamities, village Gods as also Shri Venkatesh of superior to the other two. Till about 15 years back Tirupati are propitiated. members of the Hulkoti Bana were not dining with the members of the other two banas. So also intermarriages 57. They are vegetarians and speak Kannada at among persons of the three Banas were not permitted. home. Their hereditary occupation is agriculture and But during the last few years marriages between Hulkoti all the households from Magadi have stuck on to it. and Binkadkatti Banas have taken place, though the They are considered experts at dry crop cultivation and old restrictions continue in respect of the Ainapur Bana. many of them are substantial farmers. They observe many field rites, the leading rites being 'Kurgipuja' or 54. They are further, divided into several endoga­ worship of the drill plough before sowing operations mous divisions called Namada Raddi, Lingayat Raddi, commence; 'Charago' or the periodical feasts in honour Naraval Raddi, Yedamusagiri Raddi, etc. In this of Lakshmi, etc. Before commencing every agricultural village, out of the 30 households 29 belong to Namada operation, they consult the astrologers for an auspicious Raddi and 1 to Lingayat Raddi. Whereas the Lingayat moment. Raddis apply vibhuti to their forehead, the Namada Reddis mark their forehead with Chandan. The 58. Like the Namada Raddis, cultivation is the customs and beliefs of Lingayat Raddis which are more traditional calling of Lingayat Raddis also. Many of akin to those of Lingayats differ much from those of their field rites and beliefs are like those of Namada Namada Raddis. There are two further sub-divisions Raddis. But their principal deity is Shiva and their among the Namada Raddis of Magadi. They are religious ceremonies are conducted by Jangams (Linga­ Sajjana Raddis consisting of 3 households and Bhoga­ yat priests). Unlike the Namada Reddis who cremate badi Raddis consisting of 26 households. Till about the dead, Lingayat Reddis bury the dead but both 7 or 8 years back marital relationships between Bhoga­ deify the ancestral spirits and worship them. badi Raddis and Sajjan Raddis were prohibited, as Sajjan Raddis unlike Bhogabadi Reddis were no't D. Panchals allowing 'Udki' (Second) marriages and so were consider­ 59. Panchals, a name of doubtful origin generally ing themselves superior. But now these restrictions are supposed to mean the five craftmen, are returned as very much relaxed, and intermarriages between these numbering 87 and as found in 16 households. Some two sub-divisions take place. say that the term Panehal is derived from Panch, five THE PEOPLE AND THEIR MATERIAL EQUIPMENTS 13 and aI, to melt because Panchals melt Gold, Silver, who wrote the epic 'Ramayana'. They claim descent Copper, Brass and Zinc. Some opine that this caste from this sage. Talwars, as the name itself indicates, derives the name as it includes persons doing five crafts, are village watchmen hereditarily. It is said that the viz. Ak~asaligaru (Goldsmiths), Kammars (Black­ Talwar is a synonym of Bedar. But unlike the Bedars of smiths), Kalkutkaru (Stone masons), Kanchagaru (Bell old, who were reputed to be a warlike and dangerous metal workers) and Badigeru (Carpenters). According class notorious as thieves and highway robbers, the to some, they are so called because they have five Talwars are a peace loving class mainly depending on Gotras, viz. Ahabhuvan, Sanag, Suparna, Sanatan, agriculture for their maintenance. They appear to be and Pratna. Whatever may be the origin of the term, the original settlers of the village. it has to be admitted that Panchals form one caste, the members of which follow the five crafts mentioned above. 64. In appearance they are dark, muscular and of middle height. They are fond of tattooing. Girls 60. All the Panchals in the village, except for a are generally tattooed at the age of four or five. The goldsmith who has migrated from the North Kanara tattooing is done generally by members of a tribe called district, are original settlers. Depending on the craft of 'Killikyatar', who move round the village periodically. each household, they have formed into five endogamous The common designs are ornamental creepers, flowers, divisions and intermarriage between such groups in not leaves, etc. permitted. All of them have Kannada as their mother­ 65 They are good husbandmen, particularly in tongue. They have struck on to their traditional occu­ raising dry crops. According to their tradition, in pations and some are doing cultivation in addition. days gone by they solely depended on hunting for their The Goldsmith undertakes repairs to petro max lights, sustenance. As wild game became scarce for them, one pressure stoves, etc., in addition to his Goldsmithy and of their ancestors, who was a devout worshipper of one widow is doing tailoring, stitching particularly Shiva offered special prayers to the God. Pleased with blouses and clothes for children. his devotion Shiva appeared before him and offered him a choice of boons. This ancestor prayed Shiva 61. They are divided into several exogamous to make him and his descendants sure shots and to make divisions called Gotras and Sagotra marriages are a their lands yield fruit without much labour and water. taboo. They do not generally marry father's sister's The God granted these favours and since then they or mother's sister's daughters. But marriage with are not only known as Good shots but also for their one's sister's daughter is permitted. Widow remarriage skill in raising dry crops. and Udki system of marriage is not permitted. 66. They are divided into several endogamous 62. They follow many of the Brahmanic Sanskars groups, viz. Sajjana Manetana, Kasabi Manetana, or sacraments, and perform several of their ceremonies Peddaru, etc. All the Talwars of Magadi belong to the according to vedic rites. They are the followers of Sajjana Manetana. Intermarriages among different Rigved. They worship Shiva, Vishnu, Ganapati and endogamous divisions are not permitted. They have the Sun. They also worship Dyamawwa, Durgawwa, some further sub-divisions also called Bedagu. These and Kallavva, Bahiroba, Khandoba, etc. The tutelary Bedagus are exogamous divisions. Goddess of the caste is Kallawwa, whose shrine is at Shirsangi in Belgaum District. They revere all the 67. They speak Kannada at home. They take local deities. Where Panchals are found in large non-vegetarian food as often as they can afford it. number, they have priests of their own castes. But in But they do not eat beef. Their religious ceremonies Magadi they have a Brahmin as their priest. They are are conducted by Jangamas. Their family deities are vegetarians and till recently they never accepted cooked Yellamma of Saundatti and Hanmappa of Navalgund. food from any other castes excepting Brahmins. They They also worship the Cobra, and all the local Hindu preferred to receive only uncooked rations called 'Ulapi' Gods and Goddesses. They say that their Guru is in from other castes. But now such restrictions are Gatakanoor village in Taluk of the Belgaum slowly disappearing. They have belief in astrology, District. Educationally and also economically they soothsaying and witchcraft. are very backward.

E. Talwars F. Harijans 63. There are 15 households of Talwars who also 68. There are 34 households of Harijans in the call themselves as Valmikis, after the great sage Valmiki village, 33 of them being Madigs and I of Holaya. 14 MAGADI

Hide and leather working has been the traditional Shirhatti. If found guilty, the person concerned is occupation of Madigs. All these households reside in forced to pay a fine and also offer a feast to his castemen a secluded corner of the village, as they were classed in the village. The fine collected is generally utilised as untouchables and are now included among Scheduled in purchasing utensils, and such other articles which Castes. Even among these Scheduled Castes, they form the common property of the caste. have their own caste heirarchy, the Holayas considering themselves as superior to Madigs. Even interdining 72. They believe in sorcery, witchcraft, and between them is not permitted. sooth-saying and attribute all diseases to the working of evil spirits. They approach spirit scarers or exorcists 69. Educationally, economically and socially both who are believed to possess powers of exterminating these classes are very backward in spite of the legislative, the disease. They are devotees of Dyamawwa, administrative and executive measures undertaken to Yellamma of Saundatti and all the village Gods and abolish untouchability from every walk of life. The Goddesses. They often make a pilgrimage to the public wells are declared open to them but they never Durgamma temple in Majjur village, which is about 8 draw water from any well other than the well located miles away. in their own area. Enforcement of religious disbilities such as non-access to places of worship, etc. or of 73. One abhorring custom among them which social disabilities like non-access to shops, watering was prevalent till about a decade back was leaving places, etc., or abetment of such has been made a young unmarried girls as 'Devadasis'. A girl, on her cognisable offence. But even then, none of these attaining puberty, used to be taken to Golemma's places is approached by any Harijan without fear. temple, where the Pujari used to tie a tali (Mangalsutra) Under the Republican Constitution special privileges round the neck of the girl, in the name of Hanumanta in the matter of education, recruitment to services and Deva. Then on the girl, who was considered as also representation in the Legislative Bodies have been dedicated to God, led a life of prostitution. It is said provided for them. But so far none of the Harijans that this custom was followed particularly by families is specifically aware of these provisions and so there is which had no male issues as a means of inheritance of practically no change in their day to day life. the family assets by the Devdasis. But for the last ten years this custom has stopped. 70. All of them speak Kannada. They eat non­ vegetarian food, when they can afford it or when it is C. Helavas available. They eat flesh of dead animals, and when­ ever a bullock or cow dies in the village, it is a day of 74. There are 12 households of helavas comprising feast for them. They remove the carcass from the of 61 persons. Traditionally they are a class of religious cattle shed, for which they are given some grains. They beggars. The tradition regarding their origin is, that consume the flesh and prepare some leather articles in the twelfth century when was prominent, like Barakol (whip), Mini, etc., and supply them to the God Shiva sent some of his descendants to earth to agriculturists. Some of them cultivate lands and also revive the faith of Saivas. The Helavas claim their work as Agricultural labourers. descent from one of these attendants by name Bhringi who being one legged used to move on a bullock from 71. They are divided into several exogamous house to house and sing the praises of God Shiva. It divisions like Hiremaneyavaru, Gaddavar, etc. All is said that he could also repeat the full geneology of the Madigs from this village belong to 'Hiremane' the family which he was visiting and in appreciation division and as marriages within the division are not of his services, the people offered him alms. In imitation permitted, they have necessarily to give away their of him, the Hela vas, of several other parts of the country daughters in marriage to or bring brides from among hide one of their legs in a Kambli when seeking alms. their castemen living in other nearby villages. They However the Helavas of Magadi have taken to agri­ have a caste panchayat of their own. Caste offences culture only. One family is running a Beedi shop and are all considered, and decided by these caste panchayats another hires out horse carts (tongas). presided over by some elderly castemen of the village. Adultery is punished with loss of caste, but the offender, 75. They are all vegetarians. Their family deities if he repents and agrees to pay fine, is readmitted. are Yellamma from Saundatti and Mailarlingappa. Their The fine is generally utilised for caste dinners. If the chief deity is Huligemma of Hulgi near . Their dispute is not settled by the local Caste Panchayat, the priest is a Jangam. Many of their _customs are similar matter is taken to 'Kattimaneyavaru' who stay at to those of Lingayats. They speak Kannada at home. THE PEOPLE AND,THEIR MATERIAL EQUIPMENTS 15

76, There are no endogamous divisions of the I. Muslims Caste, but they have several exogamous diyisions 80. There are 45 households of Muslims in the among them. They generally do not marry brother's, village, divided into six groups, viz. Nadafs, Sayyads, paternal nucle's, or maternal aunt's daughters. Marriage Sheikhs, Pinjars, Mullas and Sultana Kalals. All are with elder sister's, paternal aunt's, or maternal uncle's Sunnis. Though generally th~y are careful to observe daughter is permitted. Widow remarriage is permitted. the chief rules of their faith, in speech, custom, dress, etc., they very much resemble the Hindus of the village. H. Lamani There are 3 mosques in the village but only a few attend the mosque daily. But on the occasions of Muslim 77. There are 9 households of Lamanis comprising festivals like Ramzan, Bakr-Id etc., they invariably of 40 persons. Lamanis are found all over India under pray at these mosques. Their customs regarding different names like Banjaras, Banjaris, Brinjaris, marriage, birth, circumcision, death, etc., do not in Vanjaris, Lamans, Lambads, Lambars, Sukalirs, etc. any way differ from those observed by other Muslims The term Lamani appears to have derived from 'Lavan' in this region. - salt. It is said that in ancient times they formed a nomadic tribe, being the chief carriers of salt from 81. Though they are non-vegetarians, they con­ place to place. Some say that they used to serve the sume animal food only occasionally, on account of large moving camps of Indian armies as grain carriers. their poor economic conditions. They generally speak Their tradition admits of Raj put origin. However, Kannad at home and the Urdu, they occasionally speak many of these Lamanis, like the Lamanis of Magadi, is corrupt being mixed with many Kanarese words. have abandoned their wandering life and have settled Their women do not observe burqua. Their religious down as husbandmen. ceremonies are conducted by a Kazi who visits the village on special occasions. They associate themselves 78. They reside in huts outside the village. They with all the social and economic activities of the village. have their headman called Naik which office generally Agriculture is their main occupation. goes by heredit. He is their representative and arbit­ rator in caste disputes. Lamanis particularly the lIouses and lIousetypes women folk dress in Rajputana fashion. 'They wear 82. The houses in the village generally form a a coarse multicoloured petticoat with a fancy pattern linear assemblage with a street running between parallel and pendants of wool and pewter hand grom the hair. rows of houses. Most of the houses abut upon the On their arms and legs they wear heavy brass and bone streets and open yards, if any, are located to the rear of bangles and anklets. Many of them have pieces of the buildings. As the annual rainfall is of the order copper strung round their necks. It is said that a fresh of 25" or thereabouts, the houses have generally a piece of copper is worn during each confinement to rectangular groundplan with horizontal roofs. As most propitiate the tribal Goddess. Thus they also show of the houses adjoin each other, there are very few the number of children born to the wearer. houses with windows. As such they are generally illventilated, dark and dingy. In many houses natural 79. They are divided into several endogamous light can enter only through the front or back doors and groups, viz. Banjaris, Bhutya, Dhumvahada, Khctvat, so also the escape for smoke is only through them. In Ramavatpada, Sabavat, etc. Their family deities are a few houses chimneys called 'Belkindis' are provided Hanumant and Krishna and their chief deity is Bana­ in the roof for smoke to escape and light to enter. In shan'kari. Their priest is either a Jangam or a Brahmin. one or two houses three such chimneys are set side by They observe all the Hindu Holidays but Gokulashtami side in a row and it is believed that this contrivance is observed in special honour. They have great faith provides better escape for the smoke than a single in soothsaying, sorcery and witchcraft. Whenever an chimney, however big it may be. And these chimneys epidemic breaks out the village deities are propitiated being located in the roofs, have necessarily to be with offerings of grains and flesh. They have a dialect closed during the rainy season. Thus it is seen that of their own locally known as Kutni, in which a lot of the inner walls of most of the houses get darkened very Hindi, Marathi, Gujarathi and Kanarese words are soon, presenting a gloomy appearance. In order to mixed up. They are a hardy lot and their women can obviate these hardships 14 smokeless chulas have been frequently be seen bringing for sale heavy headloads recently introduced in the village under the National of fuel from 'Hullubanni adive', 3 miles away. Most Extension Scheme. But so far they have not gained of them are illiterate and socially backward. much popularity. Another feature that was noticed 16 MAGADI was the lack of separate bath rooms in many of the 86. The villagers prefer houses with mud walls houses. In a majority of the houses, there was not and mud roofs chiefly for two reasons. The first and even a semblance of a bathroom, with the result that foremost reason is that they are cheaper than stone the people, whenever they take a bath have to do so in houses. In durability also they are not much behind the open. In a few houses the bathrooms are located stone houses, as the rainfall is scanty in this region. in the kitchen itself with the result that there is hardly The labour involved is also comparatively not much as any privacy and only very few recently built houses the local artisans can attend to the construction without have separate bath rooms. much ado and many a time the owner himself can lend a hand to the work. The other reason is that such mud 83. Again generally it is seen that a common room constructions are conducive to the prevailing conditions. serves both as a cattleshed and a living room. Probably It is said that they help in airconditioning the interior it was for reasons of security in the past, when wandering by keeping it cool in summer and warm in winter. tribes used to lift cattle, that this custom came into Non-availability of building stones locally is also a vogue. And now the village is so congested that there third reason. They have to obtain such stones either is hardly any space, to construct separate cattlesheds. from chinchli or Mlllgllnd which are 4 and 6 miles away And it can be only imagined how the villagers live respectively. All the houses are single storied and as under such unhealthy environments, when it is found the soil is on the blacker side, the foundations have to that nearly 70 % of the households have either no run deep for a stone house. That is not the case for a regular living room or have not more than one regular house with mud walls and roofs. room to stay. 87. The foundations run about 2 or 3 feet deep 84. Table XII presents information regarding and are covered with loose stones and hardened earth households by number of rooms and by number of both of which are locally available. The walls are persons occupying. It is seen from this Table that raised to a height of 10 to 12 feet, providing about I! 45.5 % of the households and 36.6~;'; of the total popu­ feet thickness, and are made of unburnt bricks. Then lation live in houses having no regular room; 23.5 % the roof is laid with wooden rafters and covered with of the households and 25 % of the population occupy bamboo matting and reeds and then a layer of earth houses having only one room; 21.8 % of the house­ about 1 foot thick. This layer of earth which is firmly holds and 26 % of the population have houses with plastered on the roof is called 'Melmudde.' Whenever two rooms; 7.4 % of the households and 1.3 % of the the roofing materials show signs of decay, they are population live in houses with three rooms; 1.1 % of replaced. The floors are of beaten earth covered with the households and 1.6 % of the population have houses a wash of cowdung, which is renewed generally on with 4 rooms; and lastly 0.3 % of the households and Mondays, every new or full moon days and during 0.6 % of the population are living in houses with 5 most of the festivals. Very few houses have cement rooms. There is not a single household in the village flooring or flooring of 'Kadapa' slabs. having more than 5 rooms. 88. In houses with no regular rooms, the kitchen, 85. Tables 13 and l3-A present a classification store, living space are all accommodated in the same of the houses with reference to the nature of walls and enclosure which is generally quadrangular and is open roofs respectively. It will be seen from these two Tables, to the sky in part. In houses with a single living room, that houses with mud walls and flat mud roofs are the the kitchen and bath are separated from the living most common in the village. From Table 13, it is room, the living room being used both by the cattle seen that 94.8 % of the houses have roofs made of wood and the inmates. Houses with more than two rooms and mud; 0.7% of the houses have roofs of corrugated have generally a front verandah on either side of the iron sheets; 3.6 % of the houses have roofs made of central steps. The verandah serves as a place for bamboo and toddy palm leaves; 0.3 % houses are gossiping. On passing through the verandah, on one roofed with Mangalore tiles and 0.3 % houses have side is the cattle shed, called 'Hakki' and on the other roofs of reinforced cement concrete. Table l3-A is the slightly elevated 'Padasale', which serves as a shows that 92 % of the houses have walls made of mud; dining and living room. Only a few houses which are 1.3 % of the houses have bamboo wattled walls; 2.3 % constructed recently have separate cattlesheds. The of the houses have stone and mortar walls. 0.38 % space between the 'Padasale' and the 'Hakki' is called of the houses have stone and mud walls; 0.38 /~ of the 'Husi'. Adjacent to the Padasale is a room serving houses have brick walls and one household has got as a kitchen-cum-bathroom. Very few houses have walls built with Jowar stems. their bath rooms separated from the kitchen. During THE PEOPLE AND THEIR MATERIAL EQUIPMENT 17

day time, when the cattle are not out on work or for in wealth. Practically there are not many variations grazing, they are tethered in the backyard where also in the mode of dress, among people of the various generally fooder is stacked, and refuse is dumped in castes. Even Muslims, who generally used to wear manure pits. The cost of a house of this type, whose Payjamas as a lower garment are now wearing dhoties plinth area is about 17'xI2' is about Rs. 1,0001-. Some and thus it is very difficult to say from dress alone, as of the bigger houses with a plinth area of about 28'x22' to whether a person is a Hindu or a Muslim. It is have widows and separate rooms for the kitchen, bath, only the women among Lamanis who have steadfastly pu[a, living etc. The cost of these houses is roughly struck on to their traditional dress. about Rs. 3,5001-. The cost go up to about Rs. 5,0001- if the walls of these houses are of stone. 92. The men's apparel generally consists of a turban, a sewn upper garment and an unsewn lower 89. Construction of a new house is generally garment. The turban generally consists of two types. started on a day considered auspicious by astrologers. The first is called 'Pataga' which is about 18'x32" and Ashada and Pushya months are generally avoided. the second is called rumal which is about 18'xI8". The function starts with 'Gudli Puja'. They generally 'Patagas' are worn in 'Shamaru' style by leaving one prefer to have the main door facing the north or east. end hanging at the back or in the ordinary style where The other beliefs regarding directions of doors are it is tied in full. Rumals are tied by elderly people. that the God's room, when a separate room is set apart Some people of the younger generation wear caps or for the purpose, should face the east and that it should leave their head bear. The upper garment consists of never face the hearth. Where the God's room and a cotton shirt either with full sleeves or half sleeves, the kitchen are located in one and the same room, this and is generally made of coarse mill cloth. A few room should face the east. Three doors of a house persons wear a long, loose, full sleeved jacket without should not be in one line. It does not matter if less collar, called 'Doublekasi Angi', which in some respects than three doors or more than three doors are in a line. resembles a Kurta. A few wear locally stitched banians. There should not be any pillar between the door and a Coats which used to form part of the dress for cere­ cupboard. If there be any such pillar it is called monial occasions are slowly disappearing. With the "Soolagamba" and the belief is that there will not be younger generations bush shirts are getting popular peace in a house with "Soolagamba". A house should due to the infiltration of urban influences. The lower not have five corners. garment generally consists of a Dhoti with a Kachha. The Dhoti is generally 6 to 9 cubits in length and 45 90. The construction generally starts from the to 50 inches in breadth. When working in the fields back and the first door frame to be fixed is that of the the Dhoti is generally tucked up to the knees. There Puja room followed by that of the kitchen, if these are are only four persons in the village who wear Dhoti separate rooms. There door frames are not fixed on without a Kachha. Another all-weather companion anyone day. As the construction progresses, some of a field worker is a 'Kambli' which is a coarse woolen simple ceremonies will be observed before fixing the blanket. Kambli serves him as a weight pad for doors, fixing the ceiling planks and covering the roof carrying heavy loads, as a basket for bringing the corn with mud. After the construction is completed an home, as a carpet for resting in the fields, as a headgear auspicious day is selected in consultation with the for protecting him from rain and also as a bed for astrologers for the house-warming ceremony. Inside keeping him warm in winter. Most of the people wear the house, milk is boiled till it overflows from the footwears called chappals. The poorer sections use container. The beams are decorated with Mango country made chappals and the richer classes purchase leaves and Puja is offered by the caste priests. Relations them from footwear merchants at Shirhatti, Laxmeshwar and friends are then given a feast. Some Lingayats or Gadag. perform Rudrabhishek and some other castes perform 93. The wearing apparel of women, generally Satyanarayana Puja on the day. Muslims do not consists of a Sari and a sewn upper garment called have any religious ceremonies either before or after "Kuppasa'. The Sari, which is an unsewn garment, construction of a ~9use. 6 to 9 yards in length and abou t 45' in width is much varied in design and colour. There are several varieties Dress known as Dappa/a Seere, Kare Chandrakali Seere, 91. The style of dress in almost all the rural areas Jambli Seere, Bilegubbi Kannina Seere, Ragavali Seere, of the Northern Maidan region is much the same. Rudraganti Seere, Pattedanchin Seere, etc., depending The differences are chiefly in material due to difference on the colour and designs. Both handloom and 18 MAGADI mill made saries are to be seen in the village but the (i) Low Income poorer classes generally prefer handloom sarees as they are generally available in darker and faster shades. S,No. Men Rs. P. S.No. Women Rs. P. Excepting married Brahmin women and women of a 1. One pair of dhcties 8 00 1. Two Sarees 20 00 few other castes, all wear Saris without a Kachha. 2. One pair of shirts 8 00 2. Three Cholies 6 00 Gatadadi Sarees of 30 counts costing about Rs. 10 to 3. Four Banians 4 00 12/- Paraspati Sarees of 40 counts costing about Rs. 20/-, 4. Rumal 6 00 Ilkal and Shahpur sarees of 60 counts costing about 5. Kambli (purchased once Rs. 25/- to Rs. 30/- are the more popular handloom in 2 years) 12 00 sarees. 'Kuppasa', also generally stitched from handlo­ 38 00 26 00 om cloth, leaves the arms below elbow and the neck, bare and the two loose ends at the front are tied into a knot. Young girls wear either frocks or a blouse and a skirt. (ii) Middle Income Muslim women dress very much like the Hindus and do not observe Purdah. 1. One pair of dhoties 15 00 1. Four Saries 48 00 2. One fine Dhoti 15 00 2. Four Cholis 10 00 3. Three shirts 21 00 94. The dress of a Lamani women, however 4. Four Banians 4 00 differs much from the dress of any other women. There 5. Rumal 10 00 6. Kambli (purchased once is absolutely no change in their mode of dress for the in 2-3 years) 15 00 last several generations. Their description in the 7. Chappals 4 00 Dharwar Gazetteer (Vol. XXII printed in 1884) which holds good even to this day reads: 84 00 58 00

"The women are distinguished by a curious and (iii) Higher Income picturesque dress completely different from that worn by any other class. It consists of a sort of tartan 1. Two pairs of fine dhoties 50 00 1. Thlee Sarees 75 00 petticoat, with a stomacher over the bosom, and a 2. One pair of coarse 2. Six Cholies 20 00 dhoties 15 00 mantle, often elaborately embroidered, which covers the 3. Six Shirts 60 00 head and the upper part of the body. The hair is 4. Head dress 10 00 worn in ringlets or plaits hanging down each side of 5. Chappals 6 00 the face, decorated with small shells and terminating 6. Four Banians 6 00 in tussels. The arms and ankles are profusely covered 147 00 90 00 with trinklets made of bone, brass and other rude materials. " Hair style and other decorations 95. There is not much change in the mode of 97 . Women of all castes, excepting Lamanis part dress, on festive and ceremonial occasions, excepting their hair in the middle and tieit at the back intoaknot. for the fact that those who can afford it wear clothes Young girls, plait the hair at the back like a pig tail. made out of finer cloth. Women of the richer classes Men generally have a close cut crop, what in urban wear silk sarees called 'Pitambars'. Brides are for­ areas is known as a 'Summer crop'. The hairstyle of bidden to wear sarees with some particular designs, Lamani women is already described above. Generally like Kempurudraganti and Karechandrakali at the time cocoanut oil is used for dressing the hair. of marriage. Both the bride and bridegroom (excepting Muslims and Raddis) wear a marriage coronet and a 98. Toilet goods like snow, creams, face powder, wristlet at the time of their marriage. The bride­ etc., are slowly infiltrating into the area, though so far groom's dress, in addition to his coronet, consists of a their use is not much seen in the village. It is parti­ shirt, a coat and a goldenbordered dhotee and he cularly noticed that some women blacken their teeth 'holds in his hand a cocoanut wrapped in a red hand­ by using some powder called Hallittu. It is said that kerchief. this powder strengthens the gums. Many of them bear a kumkum mark on their forehead and also dye 96. The approximate expenditure on dress amog­ the eyelashes with lampblack. Tattooing is quite people in the different income groups is as follows:- common, the tattoo marks generally cover floral d~signs. THE PEOPLE AND THEIR MATERIAL EQUIPMENT 19

However tattooing is not popular with the younger Rough generations. Ornament Remarks Valne in Rs.

Ornaments h) Leg (i) Toe rings Silver 2/- (ii) Pilli 5/- 99. No Indian Household can go without orna­ (ii!) Tode Silver 40/- ments. That is the inherent feeling of every Indian. (iv) Minchu 5/- The poor, who cannot afford a rich metal, have orna­ (v) Paijana 40/- (vi) Pendargejje (worn by ments made of glass, brass or silver. The richer classes children) 15/- are always anxious to have more and more of gold (vii) Mavinkai Gejje 15/- ornaments. And in our rural areas, where the habit of (viii) Gwadambi Gejje 15/- saving for the rainy day, is not much inculcated, the only (ix) Kalgada 6/- (x) form of savings used to be in ornaments. For a married Halgadaga 8/- lady, thali or Mangalsutra is the sacred symbol of her marriage. Even menfolk have a certain amount of Household Goods fascination for ornaments. The ornaments commonly 100. Information regarding possession of house­ used by all the castes in the village are;- holds goods and consumer goods can throw much light on the economic and social conditions of the village. Rough With this object information regarding possession of Ornament Remarks Value furniture and consumer goods has been collected and in Rs. tabulated in Tables 12 and 12-A. Table 12-B gives Made of castewise information regarding certain habits like use a) Head and (i) Julap Hu Gold SO/- of mosquito nets, use of toilet and washing soaps, hair (ii) Hanimalenattu 80/- availing of the services of a dhobee for washing clothes (iii) Kedagi 50/- etc., in the different income groups. (iv) Nagara 50/- (v) Jadipilli 50/- 101. It will be seen from Table 12, that there are (vi) Akkada SO/- very few households possessing furniture in the village b) Ear (i) Bendavali 25/- to 30/ and that most of them are possessed by Lingayats, (ii) Bllgadi (sada) 35/- Brahmins, and Reddis. Out of the 522 households, (iii) Bugadi (Mllthll) 55/- only 5 households, possess sleeping cots, 19 households (iv) Men Bavali 25/- possess chairs; 10 possess tables; and 1 household (v) Karampool 30/- possesses a bench, an armchair or a desk. If the possession of these items of furniture is considered on c) Nose (i) Moogati 25/- (ii) Moogabattu 15/- castewise basis, it will be seen all the 5 cots are possessed (iii) Mllttina Moogabattu 25/- by Lingayats, Brahmins and Reddis; out of the 19 (iv) Nattu 30/- households possessing chairs, 17 are from these three castes; out of the 10 households possessing tables, d) Neck (i) Tceki 250/- 7 belong to these three castes and all the other items of (ii) Melgundu 200/- furniture are possessed by one among these three (iii) Chappalahara 200/- (iv) Saragi 200/- castes. It has to be made clear, that furniture used for (v) Asli (mostly used by business purposes like those in tea-shops, etc., has young girls) Silver 50/- been excluded from this consideration as the only idea of this discussion is to find out how far the people make e) Wrist (i) Bangles Gold 200/- use of furniture for their personal convenience and use. (ii) Bilvar 200/- (iii) Bali " 200/- (iv) Bangles Silver 25/- 102. The locally made cot used in the village is known as Horasu. It consists of a four legged wooden f) Arms (i) Bajubandu Gold 300/- frame fixed with a net made of coir rope. Chairs, (ii) Bajubandu Silver 50/- tables etc., are purchased at Shirhatti, Laxmeshwar or (iii) Vanki Silver 25/- Gadag and a few items are brought from Hubli. Many (iv) Vanki Gold 150/- of the households use a tad-palm leaf mat, a carpet or g) Waist· (i) Patti Silver 60/- a Kambli for sitting purposes. Lack of sufficient (ii) Gejjepatti Silver 1001- furniture in the village cannot be attributed solely to 20 MAGADI poor economic conditions in the village. Even some carpets, one or two Kambals, a few items of cIothings rich families in the village do not have sufficient furniture and some field tools. It is only for fetching and storing though they can very well afford to have a few pieces. water that they use metalware. Their cooking is done It is particularly noticed that the few items of furniture entirely in earthenware. Households which come are generally possessed by the households in which under the middle and upper classes use more of metal­ there are some educated persons, who probably are ware in the kitchen. They also possess some chinaware accustomed to their use when prosecuting their studies and in some of the households of richer classes, stainless in some urban areas .... So atleast in respect of possession steel utensils are a recent introduction. Most of these of furniture, it can be said there has been not much utensils are purchased at Laxmeshwar, Gadag or infiltration of urban influences. Shirhatti or at the time of the seasonal fairs in the neighbouring areas. The earthenware - the use of 103. Table l2-A presents information regarding which is diminishing in the households coming under possession of consumer goods. Out of the 522 house­ the middle and higher income groups - is purchased holds only 7 of whom 3 are Lingayats, 2 are Brahmins from the local potter or the potters who come from and 2 are Reddis, possess time pieces. Out of the Laxmeshwar on the shandy days. 23 households possessing Petromax lights, 15 are Lingayats, 2 are Reddis, 3 are Panchals and 1 each Food and Drink are Vodder and Talawar. Most of these Petromax lights are used in the shops and in the harvesting season 106. It is seen from Table XVII, that of 522 for threshing of crops, etc. Some of the Petro max households, there is only 1 household in which adults lights are given to others on hire. Out of the 30 house­ take one meal a day, 61 households in which adults holds possessing torchlights in the village, 14 are Linga­ take two meals a day and 460 households in which yats, 5 are Brahmins, 5 are Reddis and 3 are Panchals. adults take three meals a day. Thus in 87 % of the Out of the 20 households possessing Kerosene stoves, total households adults take three meals a day and in 7 are Lingayats, 6 are Brahmins, 2 are Reddis and 2 are 11.8 % of the households they take two meals a day. Panchals. Out of 18 households owning bicycles, 8 All children in the village take three or more meals a are Lingayats, 2 are Brahmins, 2 are Reddis and 2 are day. The number of households in which children Panchals. There are only 4 radio sets in the village, take three meals a day is 472 or 90.7 % of the total 3 belonging to Lingayats and 1 to a Vodda. Two of households and 9.3 % of the households take more than these receivers are being used in teashops. There are three meals a day. Thus it can be safely conceded that 31 wrist watches in the village of which 17 belong to the villagers generally have three meals a day. Lingayats, 4 to Brahmins and 3 to Reddis. Besides these articles there is one wall clock belonging to a 107. The hours of their meals show slight vari­ Brahmin, one Camera belonging to a Vodda. There ations according to the seasonal conditions. In winter are two Gramaphones in the village - one in a teashop they have their first meal at about 8 a.m. and then go and the other with a grocer, on which some old records to the field, where their second meal is carried at noon. are played, more to attract the people by the noise Then on return from the fields they have their supper emanating than to entertain them with good music. at about 8 in the night. In summer they go to the All the consumer goods shown against V odda caste, field very early and their first meal is carried to the field. are possessed by one household, the head of which They have their second meal at about 1 p.m. on their is a registered medical practitioner, also undertaking return from the fields and the time for supper is the petty contracts in civil works. same as in winter. At times when the first meal is not carried to the field, in summer, they have their first 104. It will thus be seen that most of the furniture meal at about 11 a.m. on return from the fields, followed and consumer goods are possessed by Lingayats, by the second meal at about 3 p.m. and supper sometime Brahmins and Reddis, who also economically form the after sunset. It is generally only people who do not higher groups in the village. go to the fields, who have two meals a day - one in the noon and the second after sunset such people have 105. Now turning to utensils and other articles their morning breakfast consisting of tea and some which can be called necessities, it is seen that all the snacks and also take tea in the afternoon. worldly possessions of the poorer sections consist of some earthenware, a few vessels of aluminium, copper 108. For persons taking three meals a day, the or brass which have gone out of shape due to long first meal usually consists of Jowar bread called Rotti usage, a few pieces of torn clothings, one or two torn and some vegetables. For preparing Jowar bread, the THE PEOPLE AND THEIR MATERIAL EQUIPMENT 21 dough formed by mixing flour with water is thoroughly 1.1 % take J owar and Rice and 5 households or 0.7% kneaded and made into the form of thin round pancakes. take only Jowar. It is also seen that 298 households This flat bread is first quickly heated in an iron pan on take only vegetarian food and 224 households take both the sides, so thftt the two surfaces are dried and non-vegetarian food. Generally Brahmins, Lingayats, caked over, while the inside retains a little moisture. Raddies and Panchals are vegetatians and the rest In this condition the bread is immediately placed directly non-vegetarians. Even with the non-vegetarians, their on the embers when the water remaining within, bursts normal food is only vegetarian. It is only on special into steam and raises the bread. Wheat bread is also occasions or on occasions on which such food is avail­ similarly prepared with the difference that a small able, that they have non-vegetarian food - most of amount of fat consisting of groundnut oil or ghee, is these non-vegetarians come from poorer sections and added at the time of kneading the dough. The Jowar so even if they would like to take such food, their bread is consumed with hot vegetable curries, brinjal economic circumstances do not permit them to do so being the most common vegetable used. The Brinjal more frequently. curry consists of whole boiled brinjals seasoned with a lot of chiilies and condiments to which sliced onions 113. Even in their food habits, they have certain are liberally added at the time of cooking. Chatni beliefs. The Muslims prepare 'Chonga' an eatable, consisting of a paste of chiilies, salt and tamarind is only on Mohurram day and not at any other time. also popular with them. On Mondays coming in the month of Shravana, none in the village prepares Jowar bread. 109. The second meal generally consists of Ambali made of J owar or Kichadi made of wheat. Beliefs and practices connected with birth This Ambali is more or less a form of gruel to which some condiments are added. Kichadi is also a similar 114. Birth of the first child invariably takes place preparation of wheat. With this meal also they con­ in the parental house of a pregnant woman. In the sume some vegetables, chatni and raw onion. The fifth month, a ceremony called Humudisuvadu is arranged supper again consists of Jowar bread, the menu being in the husband's house. Parents of the girl, who are similar to that for the first meal. In summer they invited to this function, present her with a saree, choli, consume more ot buttermilk and curds and in winter bangles, turmeric powder, etc. A flower chaplet called more of milk. Groundnut oil is the common medium Dandi is tied to her hair and after she attires herself for cooking. Well-to-do persons cook in safflower oil in the new clothes brought for her, Arati is waved or ghee. before her by some married ladies (lvluttaidavaru). Thi; ceremony is observed only at the time of the first 110. The habit of drinking tea is getting very delivery. When she reaches an advanced stage of common. This is seen clearly from the steadily increas­ pregnancy, her diet is regulated especially if her health ing number of teashops in the village. These teashops, gets a bit delicate. She is forbidden to eat jackfruit, which also serve as gossiping centres, not only cater to cheese (Ginna), Til and jaggery mixture etc. Certain the travelling public - 24 State transport buses ply restrictions like not killing a snake, not carrying any on this route everyday - but also the local populace. dead body etc., are also placed on the husband. The With tea these shops serve several snacks, both sweet woman is taken to her parental place in an odd month and savoury. Smoking of bidies is very common and of pregnancy generally the 5th or 7th. is actually on an increase. 115. There is one trained midwife in the village 111. On special occasions and festivals they besides an untrained Dai also called Soolgitti. The consume some sweets made of wheat. Huggi and Soolgitti who generally attends to the deliveries in the HoUge are the common sweet preparations. Holiges village, takes an oil bath and wears the saree given by are baked pancakes of sweetened wheat and Huggi is the household and attends to her work. On the 5th prepared from wheat or some other cereals by boiling day after delivery, she again takes an oil bath and the cereals and sweetening them with jaggery. returns the saree. After delivery, the umbilical cord is severed and buried in an earthen pot in which some five kinds of food grains are also placed, near the drain 112. Table XVIII clearly indicates that Jowar or the manure pit in the backyard. Among Lingayats, torms the staple diet of the Village. Out of 522 house­ a ceremony called Aydadasi is performed on the 5th holds, 510 households or 97% take Jowar and Wheat, day. On this day the Soolgitti passes Hanganool (a 1 household takes Wheat and Jowar, 6 households or thread dipped in turmeric) round the Horasu (rope cot) 22 MAGADI and also round a vessel kept below the cot and ties a flowers, etc., and arati is waved before her. The thread and a root called Naruberu to the wrist ot the invitees are given a feast. The marriage ceremony mother. The mother is expected to eat this Naruberu takes place in the bridegroom's place among all castes which is considered to be prophylactic against any excepting Raddis and Brahmins. A Lingayat Jangam ailment. Then the Soolgitti places an image of Goddess conducts the marriage ceremonies among most of the Slzetg.:vva, sprinkles turmeri.c and Kumkum on the castes excepting Lamanis, Namada Raddis, Brahmins Goddess, lays cooked food before her and offers puja and Muslims. Among Muslims, a Kazi conducts by waving a lamp about her, and carries the lamp under the ceremonies. Among Namada Raddis, Brahmins, cover. The belief is that if the lamp is seen by anyone Panchals and others Brahmin priests conduct the else, the mother and the child catch an ailment. A ceremonies. Among Madigs, Lamanis and a few other needle is also kept near a vessel with the belief that the castes, their own castemen conduct the ceremonies. Goddess Shetgevva will write the fate of the child with Tying of the Tal! round the neck of the bride is one of that needle. If the child is a male, the Soolgitti ties a the most important ceremonies among all castes. In string called Udadar round its waist. If by any chance, the case of Kurubas, tying of a wristlet (Kankana) puss oozes out of the child's ears, the bclief is that it either of wool or cotton - depending upon whether would be cured if the mother is permitted to eat any food they belong to Unnikankana or Hattikankana groups for which she had a craving during pregnancy but was - is one of the important ceremonies. Among all prohibited from eonsuming. Hindus, the first function on the day of marriage is the Halakamb (Milk post) ceremony which is performed 116. Till the 9th or 13th day when the mother at the houses of both the boy and the girl. A branch and the child are taken to a temple the mother is given of Rai or Pipri is brought and placed in the temple of oil baths on alternate days. The mother's diet consists the family God. Then a party of males and females go of rice for the first three days and from the fourth day to the temple, worship the branch, bring it home in cocoanut, jaggery and other foods considered nutritious procession and tie it to a post of the marriage booth. are given. Majority of the castes in the village consider Among Lingayats some persons of special positions 5 days as the period of pollution. On the 5th day, like their Guru, Mathadayya, Panchacharas, etc., ought the Jangam ties a ling to the child and then it is taken to attend a marriage. Among Muslims the bride­ out and tied to the cradle. Suckling of the child starts groom has to declare a Mahar and also give his consent usually from the fourth day. Except among Harijans, thrice before the Kazi, a person treated as a pleader the naming ceremony generally takes place on the 13th Vakil, and two witnesses called Gavah and this is record­ day. The Harijans perform it on the 5th day. In the ed in a book called Dhaptarinikah. The bride does case of Lingayats, it is the Jangam who suggests the not appear before the public at all. name of the child. The child is given its first meal of rice and milk, after six months. Barrenness is attri­ Beliefs and practices connected with death buted to some sins committeed in the past life and in such cases they observe vows to God Hanuman. 118. Among Lingayats, Muslims and several other castes, the dead are buried. Among Namada Reddis, the married dead are cremated and the Beliefs and Practices connected with marriage unmarried are buried in a sitting position. Among Brahmins excepting in the case of young children, the 117. It would be seen from Table VI, that there dead are cremated. Persons suffering from leprosy are 9 females in the village from the age group 10-14 and certain other diseases are cremated among all who are married. They are the youngest among the castes. The period of pollution among Brahmins married. Among males the youngest are 9 in the and Namada Raddis is ten days, among Kurubas it is 15-19 age group. So out of 967 married persons, only 9 days. According to Lingayat philosophy, the dead 18 are married quite young. So it can be deduced that has changed the cares of life for the joys of Kailas, the post puberty marriage is the general rule. The offer world of Shiva. They believe that after a few cere­ of marriage among Raddis and Kurubas may come monies are performed after death the dead goes to from either side. In the case of Lingayats, the offer heaven and so they do not fear about the spirit of the generally comes from boy's parents. The betrothal dead returning in the form of ghosts, etc. Still the loss ceremony generally takes place in the bride's place, to the living remains. In the case of married men, on an auspicious day. It is called Sakkar~ Karana or the Lingayats bury in a grave called Gomukh Samadhi Nischaya Karana. During this ceremony, the boy's in which on either side of a large niche is a small niche parents present the bride with a saree, blousepiece, for keeping lamps. A celibate's grave is called Shikhar THE PEOPLE AND THEIR MATERIAL EQUIPMENTS 23

Samadhi in which there are three steps. Before burial Among Kurubas, the dead are buried in a sitting position the Linga is taken out of its case, the cover is given to facing north or east. Their burial rites are similar to a Jangam and the Linga is tied round the upper right those practised by Lingayats. For the propitiation arm or the neck. Among Namada Raddis who cremate of the deceased ancestors, their castemen are fed every the dead, on the 6th or 11th day the clothes and orna­ year in the latter half of Bhadrapad. The practices ments of the deceased are washed and laid before the of Muslims in the village are similar to those followed house Gods along with offerings of rice and sugar. by their castemen anywhere in the country. On the Within the first month a brass or silver plate made with third day, Teen Din Jarte is observed and on the tenth, an embossed figure is placed with the house Gods in twentieth, and fortieth days their relations and friends the name of the deceased and is worshipped. Every are fed. The Madigs bury their dead. The chief month for twelve months on the lunar day correspond­ mourner is considered impure for 12 days. On the ing to the day of death cooked food is offered to the third day they have some simple ceremonies and on the Ghost. The ceremony of Shradha is not performed. thirteenth, they feed a few castemen. CHAPTER III

ECONOMY OF THE VILLAGE

Economic Resources predominant in the village, particularly on the western Land and the northern sides. 119. Like most of the other rural areas of the Livestock country, Magadi is predominantly an agricultural village. 121. Livestock and cultivation form the twin Of the 1,351 gainfully employed persons, 1,209 or nearly pillars of an agrarian economy. The motive power 89.5 % are engaged principally in agriculture, either as for the traditional plough !s provided by bullocks. It cultivators or as agricultural labourers. Of the total is the cattle which is an important source for manure. population of 2,513, about 2,175 or 86.6% depend on Besides the cowdung which is an important source of agriculture for their sustenance. Besides the;;e there manure, in the dry season, the wandering shepherds are several other households which have cultivation. drive their numerous flocks to the fields and pen them The total area of the village is 6,040 acres of which overnight there. A field well manured in this way is about 5,748 acres and 33 gunthas are assessed for land thought to yield luxuriant crops for several years after­ revenue amounting to Rs. 7,204-25 per annum. The wards. Buffaloes and cows are mainly reared for extent of land under various categories is as follows: their milk. The riches of the cultivator - nay, his existence - thus depends on his cattle and so he always Category Area A G nurses them with great care and devotion. They generally occupy a part of his house, and are always a) Net area sown 5,598 30 as well sheltered as his family. b) Current fallow ISO 03 c) Potkharab 84 17 122. However not much attention is paid by the d) Stream 5 06 villagers to the value of breeding animals through e) Gaothana 31 07 scientific selection. There is one breeding bull in the f) Tank 98 03 village besides three others which are used both for g) Graveyard 2 23 h) Roads 70 18 breeding and work purposes. However generally the i) Quarry 0 09 cattle are allowed to mix with the weak and degenerate types, leading to the deterioration in the quality. How­ Total 6,040 36 ever the bullocks in the village are considered to be of good general utility breeds particularly in the fields. Thus about 92.6 % of the total area of the village is Table 7 gives the details about the Livestock in the under cultivation. As in some of the lands crops are village, as found at the time of this survey. The live­ raised more than once, the gross area sown is about stock position, as found at the quinquennial cattle 5,890 acres and 33 gunthas, thus indicating that the Censuses of 1956 and 1961 is shown below to draw area double cropped is about 292 acres. comparison: 120. The current fallows consist of small patches 1956 1961 of land in several survey numbers, where crops are not a) Brreding bulls 1 raised generally due to defect in the soil. The Pot b) Used for breeding and work 4 Kharab area may consist of either uncultivable land c) Working bullocks 395 455 or land assigned for some public or special purposes d) Cows in milk 108 195 like foot path, cart track, tanks, graveyards, etc. In e) Cows dry and adult cows not calved 104 29 3 the above Table lands assigned for such special purposes f) Other adult cows g) Young stocks-both male & female 288 315 have been separately indicated and so 84 acres and h) He-buffaloes used for breeding 2 17 gunthas shown as pot kharab therein consists of i) Other He-buffaloes purely uncultivable land, which at times is used- as j) Buffaloes in milk 77 124 pasturage. There is 'practically no pasturage specially k) Dry She-buffaloes 74 20 & 130 109 assigned as such in the village. The soil consists of 1) Young stocks both male female m) Sheep 3 40 coarse red loam in the eastern and southern portions. n) Goats 156 174 It is the direct result of the decomposition of the iron 0) Horses and Ponies 2 bearing rocks. But generally it is the blacksoil that is p) Poultry 256 203 ECONOMY OF THE_VILLAGE 25

Other resources by each tenant. They transferred lands from one tenant to another and practised many forms of oppres­ 123. Besides agriculture and livestock, there are sion and tyranny. The hereditary village officers were very few other economic resources in the village. In the sole managers of the village and the weal and woe the industrial field, there is practically no industry in of the land holders wholly rested in their hands. the village, excepting for one Groundnut oil factory, which has been recently started. The traditional crafts 126. In the year 1751, for the first time in this like tailoring, carpentry, goldsmithy, blacksmithy, basket State and that too for a limited area covering the region making, mat weaving, oil extraction, etc., form the near Miraj fort, the practice of issuing the Kaulnama principal source of income of about 16 households and in the names of the village headmen was stopped. In for about 12 households these form the secondary 1756 for the first time the tenantry of the villages and source of income. In all 38 persons are engaged in State officers in charge of Miraj fort were brought into these crafts; most of them are wage earners offering direct personal contact in regard to the payment of their skilled services for wages rather than manufacturing land revenue in respect of their holdings, in other any economic goods for sale. A few households are words, individual settlements were made in respect engaged in transport and one household owns a tractor of the payment of land revenue with the knowledge which besides being used in its own flelds is also being and consent of the officers of the fort and the authority hired out on occasions. of the headmen of the village was reduced (but not materially) to a mere gatherer of public revenue. But 124. Trade is another activity in which 33 house­ this reform took some more time for being intro­ holds are engaged most of them, excepting those duced in other parts of the State including the village selling milk and milk products, have small shops in the Magadi. The State authorities slowly started making village from which they carryon retail trade. As the survey and classifying the fields according to the capa­ village stands at the junction of the Shirhatti-Gadag bility of the soil. and Lacmeshwar-Gadag roads, a number of teashops have sprung up near the bus stop. It appears that it 127. In Shirhatti Taluk there was a survey made is only these teashops from the trading section which by Malikambar, the finance minister of the Ahmednagar do some good business. Emperors. This Survey gave the quantity of land in each field with the rate of revenue assessment. The measurements used were the following - one Kuri was Factors influencing economic life in the village equal to two Bighas, and 4, 6 or 8 Kuris were equal to one Mar. Rates of assessment were as under­ the best land was charged Rupees four per bigha and A. Land tenures and land reforms the lands of the lowest class were charged Rupees two 125. The Revenue History of the Sangli State falls per bigha. In those days a superabundant harvest under three heads, viz, (1) before the advent of the was regarded as a calamity only second to general failure Patwardhans (1708-1763), (2) before the introduction for when there was no traffic and no exportation, low of the Revenue Survey Settlement (1763 to 1867) and prices meant reduced profits to the cultivator. The (3) after the introduction of the regular Survey Settle­ Revenue system was besides defective and vicious in ment and Survey rates (1867 onwards). Going back many respects. The village accounts were kept on to the period of 1708-1763, one observes the practice loose pieces of paper and were never balanced at the of issuing Kaulnamas (deeds of guarantee) to the PatH end of the year. The cash accounts of the higher and Kulkarni of each village who seemed to be the only officers were equally slovenly. The collections were permanent machinery of revenue administration, asking generally being made in six instalments falling due from them to settle in the villages and to continue to serve November till June. The nominal assessment being the Government as of old. The responsibility unattainably high the Ryots were generally engaged of the headmen of the villages was indeed very great to cultivate their holdings on these rates but with the and their influence almost unbounded. They were tacit understanding on both sides that all should not be personally responsible fOf the State Revenue payable collected. As to how much should be collected the on the several villages and if they failed to pay up the ideas of the two contracting parties very naturally stipulated amount it was a condition that Watans,. differed. their private lands and other property should be forfeited to the. State. They gradually brought tenants on the 128. Rather than permit l.~·to--remain waste it village lands and settled the amount of revenue payable was, if no one would cultivE1te~:at't~\fj{bi:n~l tate of >'-... ;,..~' -, -- 26 MAGADI assessment, given out for cultivation at whatever rate Inams were more or less grants for past services. The might be procurable. The difference between the Service Inamdars consisted of (1) Saranjamdars; actual rate agreed on and the full assessment being (2) District Hereditary Officers like the Deshmukhs, recognised as 'Khuda Tota' or loss by agreement. Deshpandes, Desais, etc., (3) Village Hereditary Officers This was also called Lavani Tota. like the Kulkamis (Village Accountants) and Patils (4) Village Heredetary Servants like Shedsanadis, 1'29. The regular Revenue Survey Settlemen was Rakhwaldars, Mahars, etc. The Watans of the District extended to Shirhatti Taluk in 1867, the survey Hereditary Officers were commuted in the State in operations having commenced in 1863. The rates course of time. of assessment were no doubt fixed according to circum­ stances prevailing but were principally based on the ]31. Thus at the time of the merger of the Sangli actual collections during previous years. Prices of the State besides the regular Ryotwari tenure, there was a raw produce for the previous twenty years were also tenure of Inams also in the State. In Magadi the considered, along with the situation of the markets, position was as follows: circumstances as regards communications, conveniences as regards water supply, the saleable value of the occu­ A G pancies in the market, prices of agricultural produce 1. Ryotwari 4,496 00 and stock, and several other factors likely to have 2. Inam Land A G 1,102 30 influence upon prices generally. The rates of assessment a) Patilki watan 21 04 were 17 to 33 percent higher in certain places and about b) Kulkarniki watan 344 27 75 percent higher in some places than the rates fixed c) Rakhwaldarki Inam 62 25 for similar lands in the then neighbouring territories of the British India. Under the Survey Rules the d) Shetsanadi 90 15 salaries of the Village Officers were fixed according to e) Barker 85 12 a scale known as Wingate's scale. It was generally f) Dewasthan Inam 174 25 considered on the basis of percentage of the gross g) Jat Inam 321 12 revenue. Thu) the regular Ryotwari System with the h) Rayat Upayogi (useful to assessment being made revisable every 30 years, started community) 2 30 in the Shirhatti Taluk. 1,102 30 130. However in the Sangli State there were certain jahagirs, Inams, Watans, etc., of the same 132. Excepting the Dewasthan Inams, all the character as those in the other parts of the Bombay other Inams were grants made in favour of Individual State, both in regard to their origin and the families who held these rights hereditarily. The obligations. These inams were generally divided into Dewasthan Inams were grants made in the name of two classes, Kadim and Jadid. A Kadim Inam is a deities and were held hereditarily by certain families grant made by a paramount power before this Sangli who offered worship to the deities. In Magadi the State came into existence and a Jadid Inam is one which total Dewasthan Inam lands amounted to 174 Acres came into existence after the creation of the State in and 25 Gunthas and were held in favour of the following 1773-74. They were again subdivided into Service deities. Inams and Non-service or Personal Inams. The Service Inams were further divided into (1) Personal Inams, (2) Service Inams consisting of (a) Saranjams A G (Jahgirs), (b) Watans (including District and Village Officer~' Inams and Service Tainats) and (3) Religious 1. Udachamma temple 29 04 or Public Charity Inams. These Inams were totally 2. Magadi Masjid located at Shirhatti 27 11 or partially exempted from payment of Land Revenue. 3. Fakirswami Math, Shirhatti 2 14 In the year 1863, Act No. II of 1863 and Act No. VII 4. Kalyandev Math 40 12 of 1863 were passed for the purpose of facilitating the 5. Venkateshdev Math Laxmeshwar 14 12 adjustment of unsettled claims to exemption from the 6. Venkateshdev Math, Mulgund 4 01 payment of Land Revenue and to regulate succession. 7. Ganapati temple, Sangli 57 21 Most of these Inams were grants made for services rendered in the past or ,ervices to be rendered at the Total 174 2S time of the grant and in future. Thus the Personal ECONOMY OF THE VILLAGE 27

Out of these, all the Inams were converted into ordinary was conferred on a protected tenant. The Act limited Ryotwari tenure excepting the 58 Acres and 29 Gunthas the right of terminating the tenancies. The onus of held by the first three of the above seven institutions. continuing a protected tenancy to the heirs of the deceased protected tenant was shifted on to the land­ 133. After the merger of the Sangli State in the lord. The Government was also empowered to assume Union Territory, several land reform measures were management of the landholders' estates under certain introduced in this area, the chief among them being circumstances. The Act further prohibited transfer the Bombay Merged Territories Inam Abolition Act of agricultural land to non-agriculturists restricitng it of 1955, the Bombay Tenancy and Agricultural Lands first to cultivating tenants, second to the cultivated of Act, and the prevention of Fragmentation and Consolid­ contiguous or neighbouring land, third to co-operative ation of Holdings Act. societies and fourth to any agriculturist.

134. With the application of the various Inam 136. This Act was further amended in 1955 Abolition Acts, several of the lands attached to here­ incorporating changes of a far reaching nature, like ditary officers were converted into ordinary Ryotwari fixation of economic holding, and the ceiling area, lands. Thus in the village the only lands falling in the disposal of surplus lands to landless agricultural Inam category at present are: labourers, fixation of the maximum and minimum rents in multiples of assessment, abolition of absentee land­ lordism, management of estates, fixation of maximum A. G price for the sale of agricultural land, conferring rights to the purchase of land on tenants, continuance of 1. Patilki loam 21 04 2. Rakhwaldar loam 62 25 tenancies to their heirs on the death of tenants, etc. 3. Shetsaoadi loam 90 15 4. Barker loam 85 12 137. When the village came to be included in the 5. Dewasthao loam 58 29 new State of Mysore on the reorganisation of States on Total 318 05 1-11-1956, the Government of Mysore have, with an idea of bringing out an uniform law for the whole State of Mysore, suspended certain provisions like The records in the village continue to show 388 Acres termination of tenancy for personal cultivation, purchase and 29 Gunthas of land as Inam, as some of the con­ of lands by tenants, etc. This long period of uncertainty versions are yet to be noted in the village records. All created by the suspension of certain provisions has not the other Inams, excepting Dewasthan Inams are also been conducive to the good relationship between the being considered for abolition. tenants and the land-lords, though their relationship in this village is not as bad as in many other similarly 135. Besides the problem of hereditary Inams, placed villages. The villagers are anxiously looking another problem that needed early consideration was forward to the day when this suspense comes to an end. the emergence of the tenancy problem due to a combin­ ation of Cause8 of a socio-economic nature. Due to 138. A noteworthy feature after the introduction various reasons, there was a large scale transfer of of the tenancy reforms is the sudden spurt in the number lands from agriculturists to non-agriculturists. In the of persons depending on cultivation of owned lands and absence of any legislation for the protection of tenancy, the number of persons depending on agricultural labour rackrenting had become a familiar mode of exploit­ and a decline in the number of persons from the tenant ation of tenants by land-lords. Insecurity of tenure classes. The population of the village according to and rackrenting ultimately led to the impoverishment 1951 Census is 1,838 and at the time of this survey it i<; of the soil and consequently impoverishment of the 2,513, thus showing a rise by nearly 36% between 1951 community also. Many tenants cultivating lands for and 1962. Inspite of this increase in population, generations were mere tenants at will. To put and end number of persons depending on cultivation of lands to all these ills, the provisions of the Bombay Tenancy belonging to others (tenants) has come down from and Agricultural Lands Act, 1948 were extended to 222 in 1951 to 120 in 1962. Persons depending on this area in 1952. This Act statutorily fixed the maxi­ cultivation of owned land have increased from 600 in mum rate of rent at 1/3rd and 1/4th of the total produce 1951 to 1,212 in 1962, and agricultural labourers and in the case of non-irrigated and irrigated lands their dependents have in this period increased from respectively. A valuable privilege of purchasing his 481 to 843. This apparently is due to taking over holding under certain conditions at a reasonable price possession of lands by some land-lords by fair or foul 28 MAGADI

means. It is also very likely that in some of the lands, have also started preparing manure by composting the rights of tenants are not properly recorded the lands method, there being 324 compost pits in the village. being shown as personally cultivated by the owners Use of chemical fertilizers like Superphosphate, Am­ though this may not be true. However there have been monium Sulphate, Urea, etc, which they obtain very few tenancy disputes in the village. through the Co-operative Societies functioning in the village, is quite common. In fact the general complaint 139. The Prevention of Fragmentation and Con­ is that the demand for these artificial manures is more solidation of Holdings Act, which came into force in than the supply. Some of the fields are also ploughed the village on 1-8-1952, is more of a dead letter. by tractors. To be exact, last year 355 acres of land The maximum limits fixed for fragmentation are 1 acre were ploughed by tractors. In about 15 households for the wet and the garden lands and 2 acres for the iron-ploughs have replaced the indigenous wooden dry crop lands, but fragments below these limits still ploughs, and some use Seed-cum-fertilizer drills for continue to be formed especially at the time of inheri­ sowing .. tance of the properties. On being questioned on this point, none in the village appeared to know about this Industrialisation Law. So far no consolidation proceedings have been 143. As already stated above there has been started. practically no advancement in industrialisation in the village. Besides the traditional crafts, the only industries Land improvement which one can speak of in the village, are the Ground­ 140. Improvement in agriculture can be consider­ nut oil mill and the two flour mills. The Groundnut ed under two broad heads, viz. extensive cultivation oil mill started in 1963 appears to have a bright future and intensive cultivation. The sphere of cultivation as the village lies in the midst of the Groundnut growing can be enlarged by the reclamation of cultivable waste region. The two flour mills have practically ended the lands and in this direction, the village has done practi­ days of the hand operated grinding stones. cally nothing. As most of the cultivable land is already under plough, there is also no scope for extending the Expansion oj sources oj finance cultivation operations any further. So the only im­ 144. The importance of making available prompt provement that can be considered for the village is credit to the villagers during agricultural operations intensive cultivation, by providing bettel facilities for cannot be underestimated. In fact the lack of an irrigation, use of improved seeds, fertilizers, improved organised system of meeting the credit needs of villagers techniques of cultivation, etc. has so far dampened the agrarian economy of the country. The co-operative Credit Society is now 141. Considering the irrigation facilities, it has recognised as a bulwark of agriculture. The other to be admitted that actually conditions have deteriorated sources of credit are loans advanced by Government. in the last few years. Wells form the only source of Both these agencies no doubt charge a reasonable rate irrigation and out of the 16 irrigation wells only 8 are of interest. But in practice these sources have not been now in order, the total area under irrigation being only found to be functioning as smoothly and efficiently as 35 acres and 19 Gunthas. The other 8 wells, which are they should, either in advancing loans or recovering no more in use, have gone almost dry. The water them. This bane of an ineffective and inadequate table in these wells is said to be low and lack of sufficient Co-operative and Government agency has placed the finance is said to be the reason for not bringing these villager at the mercy of the private moneylender. They wells in a state of proper repair. The huge tank cover­ complain that there is a lot of red-tapism in dealing ing an area of nearly 98 acres is not being used for with the applications for loans, with the result that they irrigation at all. It is said that the water in the tank do not get the finances when they are most needed. harms the crops and even crops in some of the fields Naturally these people borrow money from commission adjoining the tank, get spoilt by the water percloating agents dealing in agricultural produce (Dalala) who from it. The villagers are, however, conscious of the charge 12 to 18 interest and the capital together benefits of using improved seeds, improved techniques % % with the interest thereon is adjusted immediately after of cultivation, etc., and use them to the extent their the harvest, when the cultivators are forced to deliver finances permit. all their produce to them. Thus not only, the cultivators 142. An area of 352 acres and 13 gunthas has been are required to pay an exhorbitant rate of interest but sanctioned for contour bunding, out of which the work also they are forced to dispose of their produce without in 222 acres has been completed. Some of the villagers waiting for better marketing conditions.

LU'" t:l I/) -1 % a:...., <( < ~ x UJ )( a: 0 f.&.. UJ <:) 0 II) ~ "'I >- Ul ~ Z ~ '- Q. 0 0 :::) ~ Ci') ::) Z 2 ..J a:: ~ 0 IJJ 0:: 0 ~ ~ ~ C) 0 a: 0 II) 0 « 0 • LJJQ. ~ l- w t.5 tt ~ C1:::l_... I r- ~ <0 - ~ Z < ex: :r ~ 0 ~ ct 0::: Z Q ~ ~ « ex: % 0 0 en 0 Z 0::. !Xl U') « ~ LI.t (I) ~ ~ ~ UJ IX (t ..J \U < ~ 0 0:: 3 ~ 0 ~ m E CON 0 M Y 0 F THE ,V ILL AGE 29

Expansion of marketing facilities 148. In the Census of 1951, the entire population 145. Laxmeshwar is the nearest wholesale market of the village was classified into two main groups­ where there is a regulated market committee. The agricultural classes and non-agricultural classes - in major portion of the produce moves through the which both active workers and their dependent non­ agricultural co-operative society and the market at workers were included. This was so done because a Gadag. Dalals who advance money during the lean household which consisted of both workers and non­ periods also visit the village particularly after the workers was deemed to be dependent on the principal harvest and purchase the crops by adjustment towards work of the head of the household and so whether a the loans advanced by them. There are three shandy member of the household was actually himself a worker days in the village, viz. Friday, Wednesday and or not, his means of livelihood was shown as either Monday on which there is retail trading in a number agricultural or non-agricultural. For the 1961 Census of commodities. Trading in cattle generally takes only persons actually working are shown under one of place at the annual fairs at Hulkoti, Hosritti, Shirhatti the nine industrial categories of work and their and other places. Gadag, Hubli and Shirhatti are dependents and persons not gainfully employed are the chief market places which cater to the needs of the shown separately as non-workers. The concept of villagers. the word, 'work' and 'worker' as used for the 1961 Census also differs considerably from that used at the Infiltratitm of urban influences time of 1951 Census. In 1951, the income derived was the. basis on which the principal and subsidiary 146. The urban influence that is noticeable in the occupatIOns were recognised, the one yielding the village relates particulary to dress and food. Slowly, largest income being considered the principal occupation. the Dhotee is being replaced by a sewn garment, parti­ In 1961, the emphasis was laid not on the income cularly in the case of younger generations. The habits factor but on the time factor. Thus any work, even of drinking tea and smoking bidies are very much on it be more remunerative to a person would not neces­ an increase. People are getting more and more attracted sarily mean his principal work according to the concept by Cinemas and very often people can be seen going used f~r 1961 Census, if he was regularly devoting in batches to distant places like Hubli, Gadag, Laxmesh­ more . tIme to some other gainful economic activity, war and Shirhatti to see a cinema show. The old even If he derived a lesser income from the latter. custom' of getting disputes settled with the assistance Similar concepts were also used for the present survey. of the village elders is also slowly disappearing and even So to make the two figures comparable, the information petty disputes are now being fought out in courts oflaw. collected at the time of survey has been compiled according to the concepts adopted in 1951 Census and Economic activities and nature of changes the results achieved are as tabulated below;- A. Livelihood classes 1951 1962 147. According to the 1961 Census, the village Census population Survey population had 1,366 workers and 1,063 non-workers. The workers included only persons who were actively and Livelihood classes No. Percentage No. Percentage g~infully employed and were divided into the following I. Agricultural classes: nme categories according to the nature of their principal 1. Cultivation of work;- owned land 600 32.6 1,212 48.2 2. Cultivation of land No. of taken on lease 222 12.0 120 4.7 Nature of principal work workers 3. Agricultural Labour 481 25.3 843 33.5 4. Non-cultivating I Cultivators . 836 land owners 213 11.5 65 2.9 II Agricultural Labourers . . 370 III Mining, Livestock rearing, forestry, etc. 13 II. Non-agricultural classes: IV Household Industry . . . 53 1. Production other V Manufacture other than household industry 12 than cultivation 122 6.6 85 3.3 VI Construction . 3 2. Trade & commerce 58 3'1 117 4.6 VII Trade and Commer~' . . 27 3. Transport 9 0.47 21 0.8 Vln Transport, Storage, etc. 3 4. Miscellaneous sources IX Other services 49 and other services 133 7.2 50 2.0

Total . 1,366 Total 1,838 2,513 30 MAGADI

149. The population between 1951 and 1962 has person who is gainfully employed in any economic increased by 36 % and the population principally or social activity is taken as a worker, provided he or dependent on agriculture has increased from 1516 in she satisfied the criteria laid down for workers for the 1951 ~o 2175 in 1962, thus showing an increase by 1961 Census purposes. Persons who do not satisfy 43 %. As against 81.4 % of the total population de­ these criteria are termed as non-workers. pendent on agriculture in 1951, in 1962, 89.3 % of the total population is dependent on agriculture, thus 152. Table VIn presents the number of workers and clearly showing that the pressure on land has increased non-workers by sex and broad age groups. It is seen during the last decade. However it would be noticed from it that out of the total population of 2513, the from the above Table that in spite of this overall increase workers number 1,351 comprising of 753 males and in the agricultural classes, there is a considerable 598 females. The remaining 499 males and 663 females decrease in the tenant classes and non-cultivating are non-workers. Thus 53.7% of the total population owners. This appears to be the direct impact of the of the village consists of workers and the remaining Land Reform measures, and particularly the Tenancy 46.3 % are non-workers. Sex-wise, 60.1 % of the male Law. With the passing of this Law there has been an population and 47.3 % of the female population are increasing tendency amoung non-cultivating owners to workers. Considering the position of workers in the obtain possession of their lands by fair or foul means different age-groups, it is seen that nearly 50.7% of the and show it under their own cultivation. This has workers are in the 15-34 age group. In the other naturally resulted in displacing some of the tenants, three age-groups, viz. 0-14, 35-59 and above 60, the who having not changed their agricultural vocation percentage of workers is 5.4, 39.2 and 4.7 respectively, have become agricultural labourers. In a few cases, Sexwise, the percentage of workers in the different age though the tenants continue to cultivate the lands, groups is as follows: their names and rights do not appear in the village records and so they have lost their rights. Age-group Males Females 150. Among the non-agricultural classes there has been a decrease in the percentage of the population 0-14 5.3 5.5 dependent on non-agricultural vocations for their 15-34 51.9 49.0 income. As against 322 persons dependent on non 35-59 35.6 43.8 agricultural vocations in 1951, there are only 273 doing 60 & over 7.2 1.7 so at the time of this survey. It is only in (1) Trade and commerce and (2) Transport that there is some 153. A detailed classification of workers in the increase. The increases in both are due to the improve­ different age-groups by sex and occupation is given ment in transport facilities. With the increase in the in Table. IX. This Table gives the primary and secondary number of service buses passing through the village, occupation of each individual worker and in that respect there has been a slight increase in the local trade parti­ it differs from Table XIII which presents the primary cularly in the Hotel and teashop business. And now and secondary occupation of each household. It is there are two trucks owned by some Magadi residents, seen that out of 672 persons principally engaged in in addition to a few persons employed elsewhere in the cultivation, only 138 have a secondary occupation transport business. The decrease under the head and among these 138 cultivators, agricultural labour 'Production other than cultivation' clearly shows that is the secondary occupation of 120, thus clearly showing the village crafts like tailoring, shoemaking, etc. are that hardly 18 out of the total cultivators in the village slowly disappearing, one by one though certainly the have a secondary occupation not relating to cultivation. demand for clothes, footwear, etc., is on the increase. The other important occupation in the village is agri­ This only shows that the villagers are getting slowly cultural labour. It is the principal occupation of 553 urban minded and would prefer other bigger centres workers. Out of them only 141 workers have a like Gadag, Hubli, etc. for purchasing ready made or secondary occupation and among these 141 agricultural made to order wares. labourers, cultivation is the secondary occupation of 130 persons. The third important occupation in the 'B. Workers village is service. There are 58 workers in the category of whom only 5 have a secondary occupation of either 151. The population of the village has been cultivation or agricultural labour. Most of the persons divided into two broad categories, viz. workers and in service are only recent immigrants attracted to the non-workers according to their economic activity. A village by employment opportunities and are in the ECONOMY OF THE VILLAGE 31 employ of Government, or quasiGovernment institu­ of owned land, land leased out to others for cultivation tions and private individuals. and land taken on lease from others for cultivation. These three categories are shown by symbols A, Band 154. Table X presents the workers by sex, and C respectively. Table XXV-A gives the ownership broad age-groups engaged principally in Household of arable land within the village by the residents of the Industry, Household business (excluding workers in village and Table XXV-B gives information about all tea shops) and Household cultivation. The total arable lands, including those held outside the village number of workers in these occupations is 895 of whom limits by Magadi residents. 524 are males and 371 are females. Excepting 34 persons engaged in cultivation, there are no workers following these vocation- in the 0-14 ages-group. In the 157. From Table XXV-B it is seen that out of the 15-59 age-group there are 31 males and 4 females 522 households in the village, 382 or about 73 % of the engaged in Household industry; 24 males and 5 females total number of households own land. However even engaged in Household business; and 409 males and among these 382 households, the distribution of the land 338 females engaged in Household cultivation. Among is not equitable as would be evident from the following the 54 males and 10 females aged above 60 years, 37 Table: males and 6 females are workers in household cultivation. Thus it is seen that among the total workers engaged in these three occupations 4.3 % are Sl. No. of Total extent workers at household industry, 3.6 % are workers in No, Size-group of holding households owned in acres household business and 92.1 %are engaged in household cultivation. . 1. No land 140 2. Less than 1.00 acre 2 1.72 C. Non-workers 3. Between 1.00 acre and 2.49 acres 46 88.90 155. Table XI presents the data regarding the 4. Between 2.50 acres and 4.99 acres 75 272.84 non-workers classified by broad age-groups and nature 5. Between 5.00 and 7.49 acres 49 300.49 of activity. There are in all 1,162 non-workers in the 6. Between 7.50 and 9.99 acres 40 342.23 village, of whom 499 are males and 663 are female " 7. Between 10.00 and 14.99 acres 53 654.72 Among these non-workers, 704 or 60.6 % are dependents; 8. 15 acres and above 117 3,782.59 284 or 24.4 % are students; 104 or 8.9 % consisting of only females are Houseworkers; 65 or 5.6 % are sickly and aged persons; 2 or 0.2 % are rent receivers; 2 or 0.2 % Thus it would be seen that 3782.59 acres or 69.4 % of are beggars and one or 0.1 % is seeking employment. the total arable land is held by 117 or 30.6 % of the Considering the sex-wise non-working population in land-owning households. Out of the remaining land the different age-groups, it is seen that 473 males or 654.72 acres are held by 53 households. 123 households 94.8 % of the male-non-workers are in the 0-14 age­ own less than 5 acres each and 89 households own on group; 3 or 0.6% are in the 15-34 age-group; 6 or an average between 5 and 10 acres. If castewise owner­ 1.2 % are in the 35-59 age-group and 17 or 3.4 % are ship of the land is considered, it is seen that out of the aged over 60 years. Among female non-workers 117 households owning on an average more than 15 506 or 76.3 % fall in the 0-14 age-group; 69 or 10.4% acres each, 80 belong to Lingayats. Similarly out of are in the 15-34 age-group; 33 or 5.0 % are in the 35-59 the 53 households owning IOta 15 acres each, 33 belong age-group and 55 or 8.3 % are aged above 60 years. to Lingayats. This clearly establishes that it is the Thus it is seen that the largest number of non-workers Lingayats who chiefly constitute the bigger land owning are in the 0-14 age-group with very few non-workers classes of the village. Again, out of the 240 Lingayat in the 15-59 age group. There are only 9 male non­ households of the village, 190 own land covering an area workers in 15-59 age-group of whom 2 are students, of 3174.68 acres. The other big land h01ders belong 2 are incapicitated by illness, one is a beggar, one is a to Raddis and Kuruba castes. Out of the 30 households rent receiver, one is seeking em ployment and 2 are of Reddis, 26 households own land to the extent of simple departments. 804.91 acres. 14 of these households own more than 15 acres each. Out of the 66 households of Kurubas, D. Ownership of economic resources 51 own land and among them 8 households own more 156. The data regarding ownership and cultivation than 15 acres each. Among the 12 Brahmin households, of land are presented in Tables XXV, XXV-A and 7 are land owners, 4 of them owning more than 15 XXV-B. Table XXV presents details of cultivation acres each. 32 MAGADI

158. It is seen from Table XXV-A that out of residents 2725.94 acres or about 61 % are held by the 382 households owning arable land, 313 own land Lingayats and the remaining 39 % are distributed among in the village, a few of them owning land in other 13 other castes. villages also. Thus 69 of the landowning households 159. In Table XXV, the nature of interest in do not own any land within the village limits. Out of land has been classified by showing whether the land the 5748.82 acres of arable land in the village, which is personally cultivated or leased out to others by excluded the area specifically assigned for public pur­ indicating them by the symbols A and B respectively. poses like roads, streams, burial ground, etc., The letter C indicates the cultivation of lands taken 4461. 73 acres of land are owned by the residents of the on lease from others. This Table provides an interesting village. Thus 1287.09 acres of the arable land of the reading and so as to provide an idea at a glance the village are owned by persons who do not reside in the information has been summaried in the following village now. Out of the 4461.73 acres held by Magadi Table:-

Number of households according to caste:

en Zl en en oj ~ ~ oj "; '2 'C ~ .0 ,§ '2 ...... {l'" ;> oj oj oj .... ;::l :::;:( ..c: 's '" oj S1. Nature of interest gb .... v; oj :.a ..<: gb 0, i:! "; ;::l ....'" ;) "0 g oj '" 8 ~ ~ en No. in land ,5 oj 0) .... ~ oj '(? :.a oj oj ..J ~ ::E ::c: ::c: ~ &:: !Xl f-< ..J !Xl ~ !Xl :3- ~ Ci ~ 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

1. A 128 23 12 13 4 18 9 2 4 2 3 2 221 2. B 14 12 13 9 4 3 2 1 1 61 3. C 5 2 1 9 4, A+B 10 2 2 2 2 19 5. A+C 38 15 5 2 6 4 2 3 77 6. B+C 1 7. A+B+C 2

Total 195 53 31 26 5 26 14 8 11 1 3 3 8 4 1 1 390

As some of the lands appearing in category B will appear different households in the village. Out of the 522 again in category C, it would not be correct to arrive households, 517 are economically active and only 5 at the total acreage under cultivation by totalling the househo ds derive their income from nongainfu sources area under 1 to 7 types of cultivation in the above table. and are economically inactive. 244 of the gainfully active households have cultivation as their primary 160. The other important economic resource of occupation and 203 households are principally agri­ the village consists of livestock. Though there are 244 cultural labourers. Thus nearly 85 % of the households households whose primary occupation is cultivation, have agriculture as their principal sources of income. as is evident from Table XIII, only 178 households Out of the 244 households doing mainly cultivation, possess working bullocks numbering about 421 in all 146 have no other secondary occupation; 70 have Thus many households of the cultivating classes have agricultural labour as a secondary occupation and to depend on others for the supply of bullock power the remaining 28 households have trade, service, etc. needed in raising cwps in the fields. Many households as the secondary occupations. Out of the 203 house­ in the village maintain cattle for milking purposes al~o. holds of agricultural labourers, 130 households have 103 households possess 113 cows in milk and 85 house­ no other secondary occupation, 54 do cultivation as • holds possess 91 she-buffaloes in milk. Besides these a secondary job and the remaining 19 households have there are a number. of cows and she-buffaloes which some other secondary occupation. were dry at the time of survey. Rearing of sheep and goats is not done on a large scale. So also poultry 162. There is only one household in the village consists of only country breed, maintained more or whose primary occupation is livestock rearing. Of the less for domestic cop-sumption. 16 households engaged principally in trade (other than teashops), 6 have cultivation as a secondary occupation E. Primary and secondary occupation and 4 are in addition agricultural labourers. There are 161. Table XIII presents the details regarding the 16 households working principally at industries, of primary and secondary occupations pursued by the whom 4 have no other secondary occupation. Th6 ECONOMY OF THj:: VILLAGE 33 details of these industries are presented in Table XIV. Several of these crops are raised as mixed crops with Among the 29 households doing service, 19 have no the principal ones. The mixed cropping practices are other secondary occupation. Thus out of the 517 generally: economically active households in the village 212 (i) Jowar and Pulses households have more than one occupation. (ii) Groundnut and Cotton F. Changes from traditional occupation (iii) Wheat and Safflower. 163. There has been practically no change in the The advantages of rotation of crops, and of fallowing, tradit.ional occupation of any of the households in the are well understood and commonly practised. The village. Agriculture had been and continues to be the rotations followed are generally: mainstay of the people. The only noticeable change may be the decline in the number of the village artisans. (i) Jowar - Cotton - Wheat The demands on their services are getting reduced and (ii) Jowar - Groundnut - Jowar - Groundnut they have started seeking other sources of livelihood. (iii) Groundnut - Jowar - Cotton - Groundnut It is said that there were several households of potters There are two harvests in the year; the sowing of one in the village, some years back but to-day there is only takes place in June and July, after the ground has been one household which manufactures earthenware. sufficiently moistened by the rain, and is reaped in Though sheep rearing is the traditional occupation of October and November; the seed time of the other is Kurubas, none of the Kurubas of Magadi has been in October and beginning of November, and the harvest known to have sheep rearing as his main occupation. is between January and March. Two crops are raised Description of different occupations only on the best soils during the year; but, for Wheat· and some other valuable products of the Rabi crops, A. Practices connected with agriculture the usual custom is to let the ground lie fallow during 164. Agriculture forms the most important the Kharif season and to harrow it from time to time, economic activity in the village. Excepting for a and keep it free of weeds till the seed time. negligible area which is under well irrigation all the lands are rainfed and as such the crops depend much 165. Though their knowledge of the advantages on the vagaries of rain. However the crops rarely of the rotation of crops and their constant practice of fail. The principal crops of the village are Groundnut, this system are important, the one great defect in their Kharif Jowar, Cotton and Wheat. An idea of the husbandry is the inadequacy of their means to check cropping pattern can be had from the following statistics the natural tendency of the soil being exhausted by pertaining to the year 1962-63. being kept continuously under the plough. Many of the poorer cultivators have no adequate sources for the Crcp Extent supply of manure. The farmyard manure is costly and the supply of artificial fertilizers is not adequate. Acres(Guntas 1. Groundnut 1891 36 That is the general complaint. Though the village has 2. Kharif Jowar 1215 19 324 compost pits which are filled up regularly, the 3. Cotton 989 14 majority of them do not conform to the scientific system 4. Wheat 575 26 of composting. The sweepings of cattle and other 92 5. Rabi Jowar 16t rubbish are simply thrown in these pits. It is only 6. Ragi 34 34 7. Paddy 11 05 some of the bigger cultivators who fill llP these pits 8 Navani 34 02 scientifically. However the whole village is conscious 9. Tur 155 . 32 of the importance of manuring and hoard the scanty 10. Greengram 165 27 supply they have with care, and when they can afford 11. Madaki 12 27} purchase it. 12. Avari 0 04 13. Horsegram 49 16! 166. Most of the husbandmen are following the 14. Gram 58 06 traditional methods of cultivation, though some of them 15. Onions 5 20 16. Sweet potato 2 17 do use improved seeds and chemical fertilizers. Recently 17. Vegetables 0 15 15 iron ploughs and 2 seed-cum-fertilizer drills have 18. Betel leaves 0 20 been supplied to the villagers by the National 19. Chillies 14 07 Extension Service. The demand for chemical ferti­ 20. Safflower 125 07 21. Gurellu 30 29 lizers is on the increase, though a few still believe 22' Agasi 38 that in the long run artificial fertilizers, unlike the natural fertilisers, will reduce the productivity of the 34 MAGADI fields. Improved seeds have been introduced in the during harvest time and about Rs. 0-62 to Rs. 0-75 village. Spanish improved seeds of Groundnut were during off season. The wages paid to children vary introduced in the village about 8-10 years back but depending on their age and capacity for work. During only about 50 acres are sown with this variety. Generally harvests, the wages are often paid in kind, and in the it is the Pondicherry seed that is popular. Though case of cotton pickings, it is paid as a fixed share of Nandyal and Fullgarwhite 10war seeds have been the pickings - the rate generally varying from 1/2Oth introduced, it is "Shadgal Nandyal" that is popular. sharf for the first picking to 1/6th share for the fourth Only an area of about 4 acres is sown with Naadyal and last picking. For the harvesting of wheat crop in seed. Though 'Amrut' wheat seed has been introduced 4 acres of land, the wage generally paid is about 5i in the village, it is the local red variety that is popular. chittis or 44 seers of wheat. As regards Cotton, it is Laxmi cotton that is generally grown. The area under laidhar Cotton, which requires 169. like many of the rural folk of our country, a rich black soil is very meagre. However one encour­ the agriculturists of Magadi have several beliefs and aging feature is that, pre-treatment of seeds with superstitions. They believe that if the bullock drops chemicals to prevent their damage is generally done, dung and proceeds ahead at the time of starting sowing, particularly in the case of wheat and cotton which the 10war crop gets diseased. They believe it to be a are considered to be rather susceptible to plant diseases. bad omen if the plough breaks when operating in the Some of the agriculturists, particularly those who field and immediately dispose of the bullocks. They possess large holdings follow improved practice, in believe that there would be scarcity of water and fodder cultivation like tractor ploughing, dibbling, thinning, if it rains under 'Ashwini' star and that it would be etc. Though stone rollers for threshing of grains have a season of plenty of water, if it rains under Bharani. been introduced in the village, threshing is generally If it rains under Rohini, they expect a bumper crop. done by getting the earheads trampled by cattle. The They often quote the following verse of Sarvajna and traditional mode of storing Iowar in underground pits are much guided in their agricultural operations with with neem leaves introduced in them to prevent weevil­ the signs mentioned therein ling is found to be quite satisfactory and is largely practised. Groundnut and Cotton, which are cash ~otiE'@~ ;;;:)~~/'\~~d crops are disposed of inunediately after harvest in the 1!lotid~ D~ ~:lO~ market at Gadag or through the Commission agents ~JO)otfc:S ;;;:)~~ ~tiJ-,- ;!le:::F~ II who visit the village and so there is no question of their " ':r storage. After the opening of a Groundnut oil mill in the village about a couple of years back, part of the ( When clouds gather in the west and lightning appears Groundnut produce is also disposed of through it. in the north-east, it starts raining).

167. The practice of rendering reciprocal aid is Before the agricultural season starts, they worship largely prevalent in the village. It is locally known all the local deities and implements. Before harvesting as Muyya. The organisation of Manpower is very the Jowar crop in Kartik, they offer mass prayers at much systematised. The able bodied adults attend to the Udachamma temple (Uditumbuvudu). They select all the hard jobs like harrowing, ploughing, sowing a day for sowing operations in consultation with the operations, etc. Lighter jobs like picking of cotton local astrologers. and groundnut, weeding, etc. are generally attended to by the womenfolk at times assisted by children. 170. The agriculturists, by and large, reckon Grazing of cattle is generally the job of children and the the seasons from the position of the Sun and carry out old and infirm generally attend to the watch and all their agricultural operations according to them. ward duty besides guiding the younger people in carrying This system of deciding the seasons by the position of out the agricultural operations. the Sun by mentioning Nakshatras is as scientific as deciding them by the Gregorian calendar. It cannot 168. The wage structure varies much with seasons. be ascribed to any astrological factors, as is tried to be During the time of harvests the rate of daily wages for made out by persons who have inadequate knowledge men varies from Rs. 1-50 to Rs. 2-00 and in the off about the detailed mode of reckoning the seasons by season it ranges between Re. 1/- and Rs. 1-25. If they stars. The operations are based on astronomical are engaged on yearly basis it would be about Rs. SOD/­ considerations and not on astrological ones. The per annum besides some petty allowances for bidi, tea, Solar year is divided into 27 parts according to the etc. A female worker earns about a Rupee a day relative position of the Sun among the 27 stars ECONOMY OF TH.E VILLAGE 3S

(Nakshtras) into which the eclipitic is divided and each the Sun is present when each agricultural operation is part is further sub-divided into 4 padas and it is the carried out. The agricultural calendar in respect of common practice to mention the sub-division in which the principal crops of the village is as follows:-

AGRICULTURAL CALENDAR OF MAIN CROPS

Calendar of operations

April May June July August September SI. Name of the (Ashwini- (Bharani­ (Rohini- (Aridra- (Ashlesha- (Pubba­ No. crop Bharani) Krittika-Rohini) Mrigasira-Aridra) Punarvasu-Pushya) Makha-Pubba) Uttara-Hastha)

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

L Jower Harrowing Harrowing, carting Preparing land Sowing Interculturing, Interculturing, *F Y M & for sowing weeding & top weeding and mixing dressing top dressing

2. Groundnut Ploughing Harrowing Sowing Weeding & Interculturing Interculturing in tercuIturing

3. Cotton Picking ends Uprooting of Ploughing & Harrowing & Sowing starts Sowing stalks harrowing carting FYM

4. Wheat Harrowing Harrowng Harrowing & Harrowing & carting FYM mixing FYM

*Farmyard Manure

Calendar of operations-concld.

October November December January February March (Hastha- (Swati- (Jyestha­ (Purvashadha­ (Shravana­ (Purvabhadra­ SI. Name of the Chitta- Vishaka- Moola­ Uttarashadha­ Dhanishta­ Uttarabhadra­ No crop Swati) Anuradha) Purvashada) Shravana) Shatabishe) Revati)

L 2 9 10 11 12 13 14

1. Jowar Harvesting Threshing of earheads

2. Groundnut Harvesting Harvesting Harvesting Harvesting Drying of produce begins ends etc. complete

3. Cotton Inter-culturing Inter-culturing Inter-culturing First picking Picking continued

4. Wheat Sowing Harvesting Threshing & begins winnowing

171. Having considered these general aspects three or four times during Aswini, Bharani, Krittika of agriculture, it would be interesting to consider the and Rohini rains, i.e., till the first week of June. The agricultural operations in some detail atleast in respect implement used is called Kunti and a pair of bullocks of the four main crops of the village, viz. (1) Ground­ harrow about 4 acres of land per day. After the second nut, (2) Kharif Jowar, (3) Cotton and (4) Wheat. harrowing farmyard manure is applied once in 3 or 4 years at the rate of 8 to 10 cart loads per acre, each 1. Groundnut cart load of manure costing about Rs. 8/-. Then the 172. The harrowing operations for raIsmg this field is ploughed with Ranti. A pair of bullocks plough crop start from Revati rain in the last week of March about 2 acres a day and the cost is about Rs. 5/-. Then or the first week of April and the land is harrowed the harrowing operations are repeated twice, at a cost 36 MAGADI

of about Rs. 5/- per day. The sowing operations start So the cost of cultivation per acre is about Rs. 951. from the latter half of Mrighsira rain (middle of June) and last tiII the first half of Aridra rain (first week of 174. The average yield is about 4 quintals per acre July). Someapplychemical fertilizers like Ammonium and the price range of one quintal is generally between Sulphate and Superphosphate in 2:1 proportion through Rs. 65/- to Rs. 701-. The value of fodder is about the seed drill along with the seed. The seed drill Rs. 201- per acre. In 1961 - 62, 290 households had generally used has three bills and is locally known as raised thi~ crop and the estimated produce was about Mooratalina Kuragi. The Groundnut sown here is 12,831 bags (2t bags-l quintal) of which 10,730 bags generally the spreading variety (Pondicherry). It is were sold out, the balance being reserved for seed a 150 days of crop. The seed rate is about 36 seers per purposes. In the Taluka level Groundnut competitions acre. With a pair of bullocks about 4 acres are sown held in 1961 - 62 and 1962 - 63, the first prizes for both in a day and the cost is about Rs. 10/- IntercuIturing the years were carried away by this village. In 1962 - 63 starts about a fortnight after the sowing, the implement this village has contributed 1,891 acres and 36 guntas used being known as Edekunti. About 4 acres of land to the total area of 69,044 acres under Groundnut in can be intercultured with a pair of bullocks at a cost of Shirhatti Taluk. about Rs. 5/-. The interculturing operations are repeated twice with an interval of about 8 days in 175. The common diseases are Aphids (Shiru between. Weeding operations are also started simul­ Biluvadu) and leaf minor (Suralipuchha) and as a taneously by engaging female labourers, and these preventive measure the crop is dusted with B.H.C. 10%. operations are repeated twice of thrice depending on the spread of weeds. By about Bhadrapada (August­ September) these operations will be over. From 2. Kharif Jowar Vishakha or Anuradha rain (November) the harrowing of creepers of groundnut starts. Simultaneously with 176. Kharif Jowar locally known as Mungari lola the harrowing operations, which are repeated twice IS also a 150 day crop. The method of preparation of or thrice, the gathering of the ground creepers harrowed land for sowing and the system of manuring is similar out is also started by female labourers. The creepers to the processes used for Groundnut cultivation. The with the ground nut are then taken to the threshing sowing operations start from the latter half of Aridra floor where the nuts are separated. The fodder of rain and continue up to Pushya rain i.e. from the end ground nut, which provides a rich food to the cattle of June to the first week of July. The sowing operations is stored in stacks called Banive. are carried out by using Kurgi of three drills. Some drop chemical fertilizers also with the seeds. As an 173. Though the recognised unit of land is the intercrop generally Tur or Greengram is also sown acre or the Gunta, the villagers speak in term of 4 simultaneously with Jowar. Such crops are called acres ( kurgi) as a unit. The approximate cost of . Akkadi. The seed rate of Jowar is about I t seers per cultivation of 4 acres of land with Groundnut is as acre, the seed rate of Tur is about 2 seers per acre and follows: the seed rate of Greengram is about 1 seer per acre. Intercultural operations with Edekunti start about a (a) Preparation of land Rs. 28-00 month after sowing and this is followed by weeding (i) harrowing twice Rs. 8/­ operations. These interculture and weeding operations (ii) ploughing once Rs. 10/- are repeated twice or thrice at an interval of about a (iii) harrowing twice Rs. 10/­ fortnight. The harvesting of the crops starts from the (b) Manuring operations Rs. 72-00 (i) cost of 36 cartloads of farm-yard middle of December. Jowar stumps are cut at the manure for 4 acres (once in3-4 yrs.) Rs. 72-00 bottom and tied into small bundles called Pendi and (ii) chemical fertilizers (2 bags) Rs. 32-00 these Pendis are collected and stacked at one place. (c) Sowing operations Rs. 130-00 This operation is called Goodu Kattuvadu. The pendies (i) Seed at 36 seers per acre for are offered Puja and taken to the threshing floor, where 4 acres Rs. 120/- (ii) Sowing costs Rs. 10/- the ears are separated and then threshed by having (d) Interculturing thrice Rs. 15-00 them trampled by cattle. A few use stone rollers for (e) Three weeding operations Rs. 38-00 threshing. After winnowing, the threshed corn is (f) . Harrowing operations' Rs. 38-00 taken to the pits where it is stored. The Jowar stems (g) Harvesting Rs. 30-00 are stacked in huge heaps and covered with the fodder Total Rs. 383-00 of Greengram to prevent damage by rain. Jowar fodder is said to provide nutritious food to the cattle. ECONOMY OF THE VILLAGE 37

177. The harvesting of pulses, which are raised called Besigeya Harte are carried out twice. Usually as intercrops takes place a month or so after the harvest the cotton fields are not ploughed. During Punarvasu of Jowar. The threshing of these crops is also done by rain ( July) the field is harrowed for the third time and trampling. fifteen days thereafter this operation is repeated. Usually farmyard manure is not applied to cotton fields. If at 178. The cost of cultivation of Jowar in four acres all, it is applied once in 6-8 years. Sowing of of land is dS detailed below:- Jaidhar cotton starts from Makha rain and continues upto Pubba rain. Sowing of Laxmi cotton starts (a) Preparation of land (as detailed for Groundnut) Rs. 28-00 with Pubba rain and lasts upto Uttara rain i.e. till the (b) Manuring operations ( -do- ) Rs. 104-00 last week of September. Before sowing, the cotton (c) SowiTlg operations Rs. 16-00 (i) 6 seers of seed Rs. 6-00 seeds are mixed in cowdung and water. The seed (ii) Sowing charges Rs. 10-00 drill for cotton is somewhat different from that used for (d) Interculturing operations 3 times Rs. 15-00 other seeds. The cotton sowing drill has generaHy (e) Three weeding operations Rs. 15-00 2 bills about 18 inches apart and has no cup like device Rs. 30-00 (f) Harvesting operations ealled Sheddi batla. A month after sowing the (g) Threshing operations, etc. Rs. 29-00 intercultural operations start. These operations which Total Rs. 247-00 are usually carried out thrice or four times last till the Anuradha rains. Simultaneously weeding operations' So the cost of cultivation per acre is about Rs. 62/-. are also carried out. In December the plants start flowering and in February or so the bolls of cotton 179. The average yield of Jowar is about 5 quintals begin to appear. The picking work starts after per acre and the price of each quintal is about Rs. 40/-. Shivaratri in February. The picking operations are About Ii cartloads of Jowar fodder is produced in each conducted in four stages. The first picking is called acre and the price it fetches is about Rs. 20/-. About Kanya Bidu and the women engaged for picking receive 48 seers of Tur and about 10 seers of Greengram are also 1/20th of the produce as wages. The subsequent three produced in an acre and their value is about Rs. 30/-. pickings are arranged at intervals of 8 to 10 days. It In 1961 - 62, 257 households produced Jowar, the total is said that the cotton collected at the first two pickings production being about 3,034 bags. In 1962 - 63, as fetches a good price. The cotton is stored in gunny against an area of 56,647 acres under Jowar in Shirhatti bags called Bardans and then transported to Gadag Taluk, this village had an area of 1,215 acres under for marketing. Jowar. 183. The cost of cultivation of cotton in 4 acres 180. Stem borers and Grass hoppers are the com­ of land is estimated as below:- mon insects which attack Jowar. As a preventive the crop is dusted with B.H.C. 10%. (a) Preparation of land by harrowing 4-5 times . Rs. 20-00 (b) Manuring operations 3. Cotton (i) Farmyard manure to be applied once in 6-8 years the average annual cost being 181. Cotton is a rabi crop which takes about about Rs. 48/- Rs. 48-00 ISO days to ripen. Till about 1842, Dharwar District (ii) Chemical fertilizers Rs. 32-00 was growing only indigenous cotton of short staple. (c) Sowing operations Rs. 17-00 In that year some imported Cotton of long staple (i) 7 dhades of seed Rs. 7-00 (ii) Sowing charges Rs. 10-00 locally known as Vi/ayati cotton was introduced for the (d) Intercultural operations (about 4 times) Rs. 20-00 fi.rst time in the Dharwar District. About 30 - 40 (e) Weeding operations (about 3 times) Rs. 15-00 years back Magadi residents started growing upland (f) Picking operations, etc. Rs. 28-00 cotton, as the yield of this cotton was more and quality ---- also better. In 1951, Laxmi cotton, which is popular Total Rs. 180-00 even to this day was introduced. It is said that this long staple cotton fetches a good price and has a gloss So the cost of cultivation per acre is about Rs. 45/-. on it. Recently efforts were made to introduce Jaidhar Cotton but the villagers have not taken to it favourably. 184. The average yield of cotton is about I to It quintals per acre and the price per quintal is about 182, The operations for the cultivation of cotton Rs. 130/-. The cotton stems produced are about a start with harrowing in summer. These operations cartload per acre and they are generally used for fuel 38 MAGADI

purposes. In the village the extent of land under So the average cost per acre is about Rs. 41/-. Jaidhar and Laxmi cotton, in 1962 - 63 are about 10 acres and 978 acres respectively as against 8,848 acres 187. The yield of wheat per acre is about 2! and 17,956 acres for the whole Taluka. It is said that quintals. During 1961 - 62, 133 households raised the for the last 3-4 years, Laxmi cotton is attacked by pests wheat crop and the total produce was estimated about and so the yield has deteriorated much. As a preventive 695t bags out of which about 251 bags were sold, 33 the crop is sprayed with Endrex, Wettable Sulphur bags were set apart for seed and the balance consumed and Copper Fungicide. The common diseases for locally. As against the total area of 7,850 acres under cotton are the red leaf and the cotton boll-worm. Wheat for the whole Taluk, the Wheat acreage at Magadi was about 57'5 acres in 1962 - 63. 4. Wheat 185. Wheat is a 90 days Rabi crop. The harrow­ 188. The common wheat pest is Rust locally ing operations are carried out twice during Aswini and known as Bhandara Roga. Bharani rains and then for two months there will be practically no operations. During Pushya, Pubba, Utilisation of the Produce Uttar a and Hasta rains, the harrowing operations are repeatedly undertaken. The sowing operations start 189. Table XXIV presents the data regarding the in about October. Chemical fertilizers like Super­ disposal of the agricultural produce of the village. It phosphate and Ammonium Sulphate in 2;1 proportion is seen that Groundnut and Cotton are meant for sale are also applied with a Kurgi running first North-South only, and that all the other crops are meant for domestic direction and then East-West direction. These oper­ consumption, only a few who have some surplus grains ations are called Ibbadla and Moodla respectively. resorting to their sale. After the application of these fertilizers, the field is harrowed during Hasta tain. This is called Mumbarti. B. Practices connected with Animal Husbandry The sowing operations continue till the first week of 190. As already stated elsewhere the villagers November. Generally safflower is raised as an inter look after their cattle with as much care and devotion crop with wheat. There will be one row of safflower as their own family members. In the village besides for every five rows of wheat. A pair of bullocks can the locally bred cattle there are some cattle of Amrit­ sow about 3 acres of land with wheat and safflower. mahal and Hallikar breeds. Recently two cows of Generally there are no interculturing and weeding Hariyana breed have been brought from Delhi. In the operations in wheat fields. Wheat crop gets ready for village 19.7 % of the households have milch cows; harvest after about three months. Harvesting is 15.7% posses dry cows; 31.1 ~~ possess working bullocks generally carried out with the aid of female workers and 16.4% possess milch-buffaloes. The details re­ and the harvested crop is taken to the threshing floor garding the other cattle wealth of the village can be where it is threshed by being trampled by cattle. The found in Table 7. grain is then cleaned by winnowing. Safflower ripens about a month later. This crop is harvested only 191. The feed, the cattle are given changes from between 5 a.m. and 7 a.m. The threshing of this crop season to season. Between March and May, working is done by spreading the crop on the floor and then bullocks are given Chaff, fodder and cotton seed about beating it with thick wooden rods. 3 Kgs. or broken horsegram (about Ii Kgs.) Between 186. The cost of cultivation of wheat in 4 acres June and October the quantity of fodder is increassed of land is as follows;- from 1 Jalli to Ii Jallis. Between November and February, some green fodder is available for the cattle (a) Preparation of land by harrowing 5-6 times Rs. 24-00 and so the quantity of dry fodder is reduced. On an (b) Manuring operations: average the cost of maintenance of one pair of bullocks (i) 20 cartloads of farmyard manure· once is about Rs. 90/- per month. For milch cattle the food in 4-5 years. So the average cost per year is about Rs. 40/- Rs. 40-00 consists of fodder, chaff and cotton seed or broken (ii) Chemical fertilizers . Rs. 32-00 horsegram. But when they go dry, the cotton seed (c). Sowing operations: Rs. 29-'00 and horse gram are withdrawn. It is said that the cost (i) 53 seers of seed Rs. 17-00 of feeding one good milch buffalo is a little less than that (ii) Sowing charges Rs. 12-00 required for a pair of working bullocks. (d) Harvesting, threshing operations, etc. Rs. 39-00

Total Rs. 164-00 192. Several families supplement their income by the sale of milk and milk products like ghee, butter, etc. ECONOMY OF THE VILLAGE 39

But none in the village sells buttermilk. They prefer to repair and prepare agricultural tools. Occasionally to give it free of cost. the carpenters are caned upon to do the joinery and other work related to house construction or to prepare 193. The annual fairs at Hulkoti in Gadag Taluk a few items of furniture. With regard to the repairing and Hosritti in Taluk are the chief trading of agricultural tools the carpenters receive payments places in cattle. Upto 5 years back there used to in kind during the harvest season from their patron­ be a big cattle fair at Shirhatti in about May every year. ryots. This payment is locally called Aya and the But of late, the trade in cattle at this fair has decreased. quantity of grains payable depends upon the number of Buffaloes are purchased usually from the Naregal sets of tools and bullocks possessed by a ryot. Usually Cattle market or the Gadag Cattle market. The it various from about 20 Kgs. to 50 Kgs. With regard villagers are very particular about some markings to other work the artisans are paid in cash according called Sufi on the cattle. It is said that cattle with to the volume and quality of work turned out. The Kagisuli and Kasabargisuli bring misfortune to the skill is transmitted from father to son. The tools and purchaser and so they scrupulously avoid purchasing implements used are Axe, Saw, Chisels of different cattle with these marks. They generally go in for sizes, Mallet, Gimlet, Brace and Bit, planer, etc. cattle with Gwadalisuli. The price for a pair of good Recently three of the carpenters have purchased new working bullocks ranges from Rs. 600/- to Rs. 2000/-. type Planers, Riggi, Drill and Vice at subsidized rates. The price of a milch buffalo ranges from Rs. 200/- to Of the two Blackmiths one considers it as a subsidiary Rs. 500/-. occupation. In addition to repairing the agricultural 194. The common cattle diseases are anthrax, tools, the smiths attend to repairing of bullock carts foot and mouth disease, etc. Some of the diseases also. If for the former work they are paid in kind are locally treated with indigenous medicines. The Aya once a year, for the latter they are paid in cash. nearest veterinary dispensary is at Laxmesh war and a They have also earned a certain amount of reputation Stockman from Shirhatti visits the village regularly. in manufacturing bullock carts and attract customers from the surrounding villages such as Akkingund, C. Practices regarding industries Yelavatti, Holalapur, etc. A bullock cart costs roughly Rs. 500/-. With regard to repair work the customers 195. Excepting for one Groundnut oil mill are required to supply the required raw material as also started in 1963 there are no big industries worth naming the fuel for heating the iron and in addition to assist in the village. Most of the craftsmen in the village do the craftsman in beating the hot iron. not conduct any manufacturing industry but are more or less servicing stations, where their skilled hands give shape to the raw material supplied by the customers. 197. Pottery is another village industry carried Some of them prepare and repair simple agricultural on by a single Kumabra family for whom it happens implements. Most of them use their age old traditional to be a traditional occupation. The requisite mud is implements. Only one or two carpenters have been locally available and the fuel may also be 'obtained supplied with some improved implements under the locally. Using the potters wheel they turn out pots National Extension Scheme. Till recently most of of different sizes and shapes and when they are dry these craftsmen were not working on the new moon the pots are baked in a kiln. Potters from Laxmeshwar day but now they do not observe any such holiday. visit this village also to sell their wares. The local The principal item of manufacture in the village consists potters sell the pots within the village only. The female of bullock cart which costs about Rs. 500/-. Two or members and also the children in the potter's family three carpenters and blacksmiths are so skilled in this participate as unpaid family workers. work, that they often receive orders for carts from several neighbouring villages. 198. Basket making and mat weaving are being pursued by the Bhajantri and Korawa households Village Industries respectively who consider the respective crafts as their 196. The indu&trial establishments of the village traditional ones. As the crafts are being pursued on a are of a servicing nature requiring nothing but the small scale they are subsidiary sources of income to the skill of the entrepreneur and his tools. Carpentry and families engaged in the crafts. The raw material is Blacksmithy are the traditional crafts pursued by the the strips of date palm (Eachalu tree) and the only Panchalas. It is seen from Table XIV that 3 households tool used is a knife. The baskets are sold locally at are engaged as carpenters while 2 are engaged in Black­ 25 Paise each. Mats are woven out of date-palm smithy. . The chief occupation of these artisans is leaves and only one female member in a Korawa 40 MAGADI house-hold is reported to be engaged In this craft. as a stigma to the family honour and so people hesitate Both these industries are seasonal. to give a correct account about it. About income and expenditure, it is only an occasional villager who is in 199. Leather tanning and making of chappals the habit of maintaining accounts. Many of them are happens to be the traditional craft pursued by the so ignorant that they are unable to throw light on the Madigas of the village. But at present only three out correct position. The few who know their position of the 33 Madiga families in the village are working at well, view such probings with suspicion. So it is only it. Only male members are engaged in making chappals after a lot of pursuasion and considerable effort at locally called Katanavu. They also prepare leather creating a feeling of confidence in them regarding the straps called Mini and whips called Barko! required scope and purpose of this survey that the information by the ryot-s. For repairing chappals and supplying on these matters has been coJIected. the ryots with leather straps, etc. the cobbler is paid once a year in kind according to the traditional Aya 204. Tables XXIII, XXIII-A and XXIJI-B give system. The new chappals made are usually sold for information about indebtedness. Table XXIII presents cash. The hide of dead animals is available and tanned information regarding indebtedness in the different locally. Occasionally they buy the cured leather from income groups, Table XXIII-A presents information nearby towns. about indebtedness by causes and Table XIII-B presents information about source of credit to these indebted 200. Five persons are seen to be engaged as tailors. families. From Table XXIII it is clear that 252 of the Though tailoring is the traditional craft of Shimpi's 522 households in the village, or in other words 48.7 % only, at present out of the five tailors, 4 persons belong of the total households of the village are indebted to to castes such as Brahmin, Panchala, Ediga, Muslim. the tune of Rs. 1,23,040-00. Thus the average debt of The skill is transferred from one person to another by the indebted households is Rs. 488/-. If the indebted­ working as apprentice for one or two years. None of ness in the different income groups is considered it is the tailors in the village is engaged in manufacturing seen that the percentage of households in debt increases of ready made garments for sale. The charges for in direct proportion with the income range. Thus if stitching a shirt varies from 62 Paise to Re. 1/- and that only 6.05 % of the households in the below Rs. 25/­ for a blouse to 25 Paise to 31 Paise. income group are indebted, the percentage of the households in debt in the Rs. 26 to 50, Rs. 51-75, Rs. 76- 201. There are 3 households of Goldsmiths of 100 and above Rs. 100/- income groups is 27.45 %, whom 2 are Panchalas and the third belongs to Sonagar 44.91 %, 60.00 % and 63.82 % respectively. Again the or Daivadnya Brahmin caste. Both these castes average indebtedness among these households in debt consider goldsmithy as their traditional craft. They is very high in respect of the households whose average make new gold and silver ornaments and also repair monthly income exceeds Rs. 100/-. In fact out of the the old ones. The raw material is supplied by the 199 households in this group 127 households are in debt customers and the artisans receive only wages. There to the tune of Rs. 94,261/-. Thus the average debt of has not been addition to the old type of tools and each of these families is as high as Rs. 742/-. So one implements made use of by them. irrevocable conclusion that can be drawn is that with the increase in the income, the need, tendency and scope D. Other occupations for incurring debt also rises. The poorer sections, particularly those earning less than Rs. 25/- per month 202. Other occupations in the village relate to can hardly offer any security and also have no repaying smaJI establishments, like retail trading in groceries, capacity and so they can hardly find any source of cloth etc. agricultural labour, general labour, etc. finance even if they need any debt badly. There is nothing peculiar with these vocations in this village. They are similar to those found in any other 205. Considering indebtedness by causes, it is rural parts of the country and so need no further elucid­ evident from Table XXIII-A that agricultural expenses ation. Barbers, washermen etc., are usuaily paid in the account for debt in the largest number of families. form of aya once a year. Before proceeding further with the discussion of this aspect, one point needs elucidation. It has been Indebtendness mentioned in Table XXIII that the families indebted are 203. It is indeed a very difficult problem to collect 252 ~n number and Table XXIII-A, the number of such correct information regarding income, expenditure and is shown as 270. This difference is because some of indebtedness. Generally indebtedness is considered the indebted families are in debt for more than one E CON 0 M Y 0 F THE ,V ILL AGE 41 reason. It is seen from Table XXIII-A that 173 families out of the 270 families or nearly 64 % have incurred Percentage to No. of the total no. debt to meet their agricultural expenses. Nearly 68.26 % Category households of households of the total debt is on account of this item. It is just possible that some of these families which have incurred J. Households which derive a major debt for agricultural purposes have obtained loans for portion of their income from the genuine purposes. But it cannot be denied that at least cultivation of owned land 220 42.1% 2, Households which derive a major some of them have incurred debts under the garb of portion of their income from the their need to meet the costs of agriculture. This cultivation of land taken on lease 24 5.4% tendency of obtaining loans on false pretexts is on an 3. Households which derive a major increase as loans for agricultural purposes can be more portion of their income from agri­ easily obtained from Government and co-openrtive cultural labour , 203 38.8% 4. Households which derive a major Societies, and that too on a lower rate of interest. The portion of their income from other important cause of debt as revealed in this survey Household industry 16 3.0~~ is for domestic purposes. 73 households have incurred 5. Households which derive a major debts to the extent of Rs. 20,175/- for such domestic portion of their income from purposes. The percentage of debt for purchase of land, sources other than 1 to 4 above 59 11.6% constructio n and repairs of house, marriage, purchase of livestock, clearance 0 f old debt, meeting Doctor's The distribution of these households under five monthly bills is 5.03 %, 4.1 %, 4.62 %, 0.13 %, 0.49 % and 0.97 % income7groups has been represented in Table XIX. respectively. Table XX presents the annual income of the households in these groups. It is seen from these two tables that there is only one household of owner cultivators which 204. Sources of credit for ralsmg debts can be earns less than Rs. 25/- a month. The percentages of broadly classified into three categories, viz. (a) Govern­ owner cultivators in the Rs. 26 to 50, Rs. 51/- to Rs. 75/-, ment, (b) Co-operative Societies and (c) Private Rs. 75/- to Rs. 100/-, and above Rs. 101/- monthly money lenders. The amount advanced by these various income groups is 7.2, 14, 15 and 62.7 respectively. sources are indicated in Table XXIII-A. The Govern­ Nearly two-thirds of the households of owner culti­ ment and Co-operative Societies advance loans for set vators earn more than Rs. 101/- per month. The purposes on obtaining sufficient security, at a rather low total number of members in the 220 households of rate of interest. If Government charges interest at owner cultivators is 1,212, of whom 618 are gainfully Rs. 6 to Rs. 8/- per hundred per annum, the Co-oper­ employed. The average annual income of these 220 ative Societies charge interest at 7.82 %. There are two households is Rs. 2,043-00 and the average annual such Societies in the village. But generally the villagers income per adult equivalent male comes to Rs. 472-91. find it too cumbersome to obtain loans from Government But it has to be mentioned here that the income discus­ and many of them complain that they do not get the sed relates to the gross income and not the net income. credit facilities at a time they need them most. So, Owner cultivators have to invest much on cultivation, many a time, they are forced to look towards private like purchase of seed, supply of manure, employment money lenders for credit. These private money lenders of labour, etc., which has to be taken notice of if the advance loans when the crops are standing and get the net income is to be considered. amount advanced adjusted soon after the harvest. They charge an exhorbitant rate of interest which may 208. In the second category there are 24 house­ exceed even 18 %. But the Rayats, especially from holds which principally cu1tivate land taken on lease. the poorer sections, are forced by circumstances to None of these households has an annual income of less fall into their clutches. Thus many a time they are than Rs. 300. 4.1 % of the households in this category forced to dispose of their goods in the buyer's market. earn an annual income of Rs. 301/- to Rs. 600/-, 12.5 % earn annually between Rs. 601/- and Rs. 900/-, 8.3 % earn annually between Rs. 901/- and Rs. 1200/- and 75 % earn more than Rs. 1200/-. The 24 households Income have 120 members staying in them, of whom 73 are gainfully employed. The average annual income per 205. For a discussion on the income and expendi­ adult equivalent male comes to 501.06 and thus ture pattern jn the village, the 522 households have been it exceeds the average annual income per adult grouped under the following 5 broad caregories: equivalent male among cultivators of owned lands. 42 MAGADI

But another factor needs consideration. The tenant 212. Taking all the households of the village into cultivators have to meet all the cultivation expenses consideration it is seen that the major group of (he like the owner cultivators and in addition have to pay households in the village - nearly 38 % of th~ total rent to the land owners. Thus even though the gross number of households - have an annual income income of tenant cultivator s appears to be more than exceeding Rs. 1200/- and 6.3 % of the households hav~ owner cultivators, the net income is less as when calcul­ an income of less than Rs. 300/-. 19.5 % of the house­ ating the gross income cultivation expenses, rent, etc., hold have an annual income of Rs. 301/- tp Rs. 600/-, are not deducted. 22.9 % earn between Rs. 601/- and Rs. 900/- per annum and the remaining 13.3 % earn between Rs. 901/- and 209. Even a casual glance at Table XX shows Rs. 1200/-. that the agricultural labourers form the poorest section in the village. There are 203 households of agricultural Expenditure labourers in the village. 13.3 % of them earn less than 213. The details with ragard to clpenditure Rs. 300/- a year; 34 % earn between Rs. 301/- and of households on various items correlated to the primary Rs. 600/-; 35% earn between Rs. 601/- and Rs. 900/-; source .. of income (as classified into the 5 categories 9.8 % earn beteeen Rs. 901/- and Rs. 1200/-; and only when discussing the income factor) as also th'~ir income 6.4 %earn more than Rs. 1201/-. This is their condition range are presented in Table XXI. Taking a household inspite of the fact that majority of the members of the as a basic unit, it would be seen that the average monthly households of agricultural labourers are gainfully expenditure of the households varies from Rs. 52-61 employed. Out of the 843 members in 203 households, in the case of agricultural labourers to Rs. 152.21 in 518 are gainfully employed. The average annual the case of household,> in category 5. Households of income per adult equivalent male is only Rs. 211-78 owner cultivators spend on an average RE. 173-10, and this is almost their net income. households of tenant cultivators spend Rs. 109-19; and households working at household industry spend 210. Next in poverty rank the village artisans. Rs. 96-81 per month. 6.2 % of these households earn less than Rs. 300/- a year; 25 % earn between Rs. 301/- and Rs. 600/-; 32.2 % 214. A further analysis of the households in the earn between Rs. 901/- and Rs. 1200/- and 25 % earn five categories can be drawn by comparing the average more than Rs. 1201/- per annum. Out of the 85 mem­ monthly expenditure of the households in the different bers in 16 households, 35 are gainfully employed and income groups. The results got are as follows: the average annual income pe r adult equivalent male comes to Rs. 280-57. Expenditure of households in different income group 211. Persons in trade, service, etc., who are Rs. 25/- Rs. Rs. R.s Rs. 101/ included in the last category form the most prosperous Categories & below 26-50 51-75 76-lO0 & above class in the village. This is because even if trade, etc., is their main occupation, many of them have subsidiary Cultivators of owned occupations also. Many of them do cultivation work land 22-56 49-07 69-86 103-30 230-97 as well and this substantially adds to their income. Cultivatings of land taken on lease 35-72 62-20 85-28 207-07 6.9 % of these households have an annual income of Agricultural labourers 20-04 44-26 63-88 86-36 168-94 less than Rs. 300/-; 18.6% have an annual income Workers at Household ranging between Rs. 301/- and Rs. 600/-; 10.1 % earn industry 14-27 45-29 62-60 101-87 206-00 between Rs. 601/- and Rs. '900/-0 20.3 % earn bftween Others 22-01 40-91 51-54 79-50 513-56 Rs. 901/- and Rs. 1200/- and 44% tarn more than Rs. 1201/- per annum. Out of the 253 members in It would be seen from the above figures that as reagrds 59 households, 107 are gainfully employed. The both the income and expenditure the averages in respect average income per adult equivalent male shows as of category 5 far exceed those in other categories parti­ high a figure as Rs. 1170.14. But the net income in cularly in the Rs. 101/- and above income group. This the case of many households comin g in this category is particularly so because of the gross income and gross i; much lower than the gross incomf.', e.g. motor lorry expenditure that is considered in the above discussion. OWI).ers who come und.~r this group have to invest on The trading classes, the truck owners, hotel keeotfs, petrol, oil, taxes, etc. which i<; not deducted when etc., who are in this category have to invest a lot on calculating the gro<;s income. Similarly traders have running their establishments and so both their income to invest on purchase of articles in which they trade. and expenditure figures get inflated substantially. E CON 0 M Y 0 F THE VI L LAG E 43

215. A household alwa)s varies in its size depend­ ing on the number of members in each. As such it is not possible to adopt a household as a unit when doing a comparative study. The more standardised concept of 'equivalent adult male' can be adopted with greater advantage for this purpose. On adopting this unit, the average monthly expenditure per adult equivalent male in the five categories is as follows:

Average expenditure per Category adult equivalent males

(i) Owner cultivators Rs. 40-07 (ii) Tenant cultivators Rs. 26-35 (iii) Agricultural labourers Rs. 15-77 (iv) Workers at Household industry Rs. 23-37 (v) Others Rs. 45-01

This shows clearly that it is persons in category (iii) and (iv) who lead a hand-mouth life.

216. To get a comparative idea of the standards of living of the households in the five categories, some of the important items of expenditure are noted below presenting both the monthly expenditure per adult equivalent male and percentage of the total expenditure:

Category I. Category II. Category III. Category IV. Category V.

Expenditure Percentage Expenditure Percentage Expenditure Percentage Expenditure Percentage Expenditure Percentage Sl. Per Adult of total Per Adult of total Per Adult of total Per Adult of total Per Adult of total No. Item equivalent expenditure equivalent expenditure equivalent expenditure equivalent expenditure equivalent Expenditure Male Male Male Male Male

1. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1. Total food 6.75 15.08 5.09 10.33 4.70 29.82 6.52 27.91 6.92 15.37 2. Beverages 1.11 2.77 0.87 3.32 1.01 6.40 1.19 5.08 1.40 3.11 3. Clothing 2.71 6.75 1.84 6.98 2.43 15.43 2.46 10.51 3.41 9.20 4. Rent on land 0.45 1.13 3.99 15.14 0.06 0.36 0.08 0.37 0.20 0.45 5. Hired labour, culti- vation costs, etc. 13.10 32.70 8.73 33.12 0.82 5.19 5.15 22.03 7.89 17.53 6. Remittances 0.96 2.39 0.07 0.26 0.06 0.36 2.22 4.94 7. Sundry items (Land revenue, House-tax, chewing pan, smok- ing, Soap, etc.) 1.16 2.91 0.58 2.22 0.97 6.16 0.83 3.55 3.89 8.63 44

CHAPTER IV

SOCIAL AND CULTURAL LIFE

Population Trends thousand males. But this is really due to the seasonal immigrant female population who come here in search 217. According to the present survey, the total of agricultural labour. Of late, women agricultural number of households in the village is 522 and the labourers from Navalgund and other areas have started population is 2,513. Thus the average number of coming to the village for picking cotton and collecting persons per househQld works out to 4.8. According groundnut crop from the fields after it is harvested. to the 1951 Census, the number of households was 464 When this survey was undertaken, the operations of and the population was 1,838. So in 1951 the average harvesting groundnut were in progress and at the time number of persons per household was 3.9. According of Census enumeration in 1961, harvesting of cotton to the Census figures of 1961, the number of households had just started. in the village is 512 and the population is 2,429. So during the intercensal period (between 1951 and 1961) Birth and Death the village has recorded a 10.8 percent increase in the 220. The village officers maintain registers to number of households and a 32.15 percent increase in record births and deaths occurring in the village. In the population. The position in respect of Shirhatti the course of the enquiry, the birth and death records Taluk and Dharwar District during this intercensal for only 5 years between 1951 and 1956 were available period is as follows:- and the data for this period is as follows:-

Year 1951 1952 1954 1955 1956 No. of households Percentage Population Percentage in increase in increase No. of births 77 77 78 76 70 in house in house No. of deaths 50 44 47 48 53 Area 1951 1961 hold 1951 1961 hold For these five years the average number of births per Shirhatti 16,169 18,302 13.1 81,447 99,979 22.6 annum comes to 75.6 and the average number of deaths Taluk per annum comes to 48.4. Thus the average increase in the population due to natural causes is about 27.2 Dharwar or 1.04 per annum. District 306,565 347,774 13.4 1,575,386 1,950,362 23.8 % Marital Status Population by Age and Sex 221. With a view to study the marital status of 218. Table II and the age-sex pyramid on the the popUlation, the population has been grouped into facing page present the distribution of population by 5 categories, viz. (1) Never married (2) Married, age and sex. It is seen that out of the total population (3) Widowed (4) Dirvorced or Separated and (5) of 2.513, 41.86% are aged below 14 years, 52.73 ~~ Basavis or prostitutes. Table VI presents the sexwise are aged between 15 and 59 years and 5.41/~ arc ared distribution of the population by age and marital status. above 60 years. Thus the children and aged pcrsom From this Table it is seen that out of the total population constitute about 47.27 % and the adults form 52. 73 ~{,. of 2,513, 1,251 or 49.7% are never married, 967 or 38.4 % are married 253 or 10.6 % are widowed. 25 of 219. Sexwise, there are 1,252 males and 1,261 females 0.9 % are divorced or separated and 17 or 0.6 % are in the village. In other words 49.8 % of the population Basavis. If the marital status is considered sexwise it consists of males and 50.2 % consists of fcmale~. So is seen that 55.8 % of the males and 44.4 %of the females the sex ratio of the village works out to 1,007 females are never married; 38.8 % of the males and 38.1 % of for every 1,000 males. According to the Census of the females are married; 4.8 % of the males and 15.1 % 1951, the sex ratio was 904 females for every 1,000 of the females are widowed; and 0.6% of the males and males and according to the Census of 1961 it was 990 1.2 % of the females are divorced or separated. All the for every 1,000 males. So during the period between Basavis are females and they form 1.2 %of the females 1951 and 1962 there is an increase of 103 females per population. If) ::) I- ~ II) 0 V\ CI') Il. w I.JJ ::::;) }- ..J 0 <: '::(. I- ...J < u c( IX 0:: ::::> !.!) ~ <: lIJ ...J ~ t- o.. ~ &lJ ~ )0- W < V) !r (.!) II Q I- V') A <: <: u. ::E ~ < I- £t 0 Q a Cl V) % Q w % ~oQ UJ ..J u..~ ~ ~ ~ < « Qc:.1.LJU-I , :roc c::_v ~ « L\4' :z «'~o::o ~ «< <:) ~ c-. Q::: :r x ~~ge t= UJ ~ V) 0 (/') Z«-5 LL.f'4 ~o ~" , ...J >- JE.o ::::> t:C c-.. I)_ O~I~ 0 LI...~ 0...... , 1:: In.....

I.l,.!, ~().....

LL(7I, ::st:1.o

LL.~ :.io III 0 1t'I () 0 I.n o + fX) !:: 1t'I !:!! 0 ~ II) 1"11 III 0 ~ -0.. 0 +- SNOs"~Bd "" ::J '\I "0 ~cr ~ oQ ~

V') 0 t.u In ,_ -~ >- UJ CO <: -l a:: g 0 Ii') ,.. _, a:: LI.I cr I- ~ IJ") \!) 0 Q ~ ...J Q LW• 1.!1 0 < I- ex:: 0

~ 0 ~

~ 22 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL LIFE 45

222. It is seen that as compared with the male been appointed in the Village. Most of the houses are widowers, the number of female widows is large. The illventilated, dark and dingy. The streets are narrow reason for this is that though there are no caste bars and excepting for one or two lanes - which too have on widow remarriages among majority of the Magadi open drains - the drainage system is very defective, residents, remarriage of a widow does not find much Young children are frequently seen answering the calls favour. There are only 9 married girls aged below 14 of nature in the lanes themselves. years and 38 married girls aged between 15 and 19 years. This shows that generally post-puberty marriage is the Veterinary Aid practice. There are 6 never married females aged 224. The nearest Veterinary Hospital is located above 20 years and in most of these cases the poor at Lakshmeshwar, 8 miles away. The Stockman economic conditions of the parents is an obstacle to attached to Shirhatti centr~ visits the village atleast their marriage. Though the dowry system has been once in a week and more frequently whenever any abolished by law, in practice it is only in rare cases that cattle disease breaks out. The Gram Sevak stationed marriages take place without payment of dowry by at Magadi has also some Veterinary first aid kit with either side. Among Madigs and some other castes, him, which he very rarely uses. the custom of keeping some females as 'Basavis', so that they could lead life of prostitution was largely Literacy and Education prevalent till recently. Though this anti-social custom is on a decrease now, it cannot be said to have been 225. The particulars regarding education are completely eradicated. The very fact that there are presented in Table VII. It is seen from this Table that 3 Basavis aged below 24 years, 2 aged between 25 and the percentage of literates in the village is only 28.2 29 and 4 aged between 30 and 34 years shows that If children aged below 5 years, who are 386 in number further steps are necessary to put an end to this evil. are excluded, the literates form only 33.2 %. No doubt the percentage of literates which was only 15.3 in 1951 has shown some increase, but by no standards can the Public health and medical facilities conditions in the village be considered as satisfactory. 223. Generally the village is considered to have If literacy is considered sex-wise, it is noticed that the a healthy climate and so discases are rare occurrences. condition of the females is really very backward. Among The nearest Allopathic Dispensary and Primary H(.a1th males the literates form about 52.7% but among fern :lIes Centre are at Shirhatti, 5 miles away. The Shirhatti it is only 13.8 %. The relative figures in 1951 were Primary Health Centre has opened a branch in the 23.8 % among males and 6 % among females. This village recently. There are two private Medical Practi­ clearly establishes that sufficient efforts are not put tioners in the village, who practice in Ayurvedic medi­ in to educate the female folk. If the attendance of cine. In case of more serious ailments, the villagers girls in the local primary school is considered, it is avail of the medical facilities at Gadag or Hubli. The seen that very few girls attend school and even the few villagers have faith in sooth-saying, witchcraft, etc., who attend the school, discontinue their studies abruptly and in case any epidemics break out, they attribute it either before or soon after passing the vernacular to the wrath of some village deities and observe some fourth standard examination. Between 1951 and 1964, rituals to propitiate the deity. Till recently only an only 10 girls have reached the vernacular VII Standard, untrained but experienced 'Dai' or 'Soolgitti' used to as is evident from the school register, an extract from attend to delivery cases but now a trained midwife has which is produced below:

Number of students on roll call during the years 1951 to 1964

Name of the School: Kannada Boys' School, Magadi Ta/uk: Shirahatti District: Dharwar.

I Standard II Standard III Standard IV Standard V Standard VI Standard VII Standard Total

Year M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

1951- 52 45 18 28 4 15 2 6 3 2 2 4 103 27 1952 - 53 54 19 32 4 17 3 9 3 2 2 11 128 28 1953 - 54 58 14 36 6 18 4 16 2 6 5 9 2 147 28 1954 - 55 59 55 40 6 30 5 14 3 9 5 5 2 162 72 1955 - 56 59 45 32 10 26 6 22 2 6 9 6 160 64 46 MAGADI

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

1956-57 53 56 30 6 23 4 22 5 10 9 2 11 1 158 75 1957 - 58 50 72 28 9 26 3 8 2 17 4 8 II 2 148 92 1958 - S9 60 73 23 16 27 9 17 8 13 2 8 156 100 1959- 60 59 74 42 29 24 9 15 6 15 6 9 170 120 1960- 61 67 93 39 25 27 16 13 7 14 S 12 5 177 147 1961 - 62 73 114 33 20 24 17 23 11 10 3 11 11 185 166 1962-63 84 110 40 4S 26 11 22 12 22 8 II 14 219 186 1963 - 64 75 76 56 59 21 23 23 8 15 7 19 3 11 220 177

226. The standard of education received by the Education Act which was extended to this area in few literates of the village is also very low. Of the 1954. In the course of this report it is worth mentioning 709 literates, 699 have received only Primary education. that a School boy aged about 14 years, Udachappa Among the 9 Matriculates, only 4 are from the village Nagappa Barki by name has received national recogni­ proper. The remaining 5 are persons posted to the tion and award of a medal for outstanding courage and village for servicE and so are birds of passage. One service to the Society. He not only prevented a big person ha, passed the Inter Science College Examination. haystack from burning hut also saved the life of a One is studying for a degree course in Agriculture at drowning child at great personal risk. The nearest Dharwar; one is studying for the Master's degree in places for secondary education are Shirhatti (5 miles), Commerce, and two who are also immigrants - have Laxmeshwar (8 miles), (17 miles) and Gadag taken diplomas in Ayurvedic medicine (Licenciate in (16 miles). For Collegiate Education the nearest Ayurvedic Medicine and Surgery). Majority of the centres are Gadag, Hubli and Dharwar. literates can read and write only simple letters in Kannada. Migration 227. There is one primary school in Kannada 228. Of late there has been very little of immigra­ started about 50 years back. The accommodation tion into or emigration from the village. Excepting provided for the school is quite insufficient. Four for persons in service, who come here in the COurse of classes are run in the regular school building and three their employment and who are liable to be transferred are run in the Ishwar, Hanamant, and Veerabhadradeva from place to place every now and then, there is none temples. With a view to provide better facilities for in the village who has migrated into or out of the village education, construction of a new school building has for permanent settlemc.nt. Lalgoudas, Lamanis, Eligers been started on the outskirts of the village near the and a few other castes had migrated into the village Pala-Badami Road. Some of the philanthropic persons centuries back and now are more or less permanently from the village have donated liberally towards the settled therein. construction of this building. It is said that a poor person from the village, who has no heirs has already Types of family made a will and created a trust which administers all the meagre assets for the benefit of education and for 229. For the purposes of this survey, the various the improvement of the temples in the village. Even families in the village have been divided into the follow­ with all this, the work of the school building does not ing four groups:- appear to be progressing welL This is attributed by (a) Simple family or nuclear family consisting of some to the two factions in the village. The school husband, wife and unmarried children; which had 130 students on its roll in 1951-52 has 397 on its roll in 1963-64. But nearly 50 % of the students (b) Intermediate family consisting of husband, are only studying in the I Standard. In the higher wife, unmarried children, with a widowed classes, the strength of the students goes on decreasing. father or mother; This clearly indicates that many of the children are sent (c) Joint family consisting of husband, wife, and to ·the School not with an idea of giving them good married children; education but only to provide them with an apology of education. Going to school appears to be more out Cd) Others consisting of families which do not of compulsion, because of the Childrens' Compulsory come in any of the above three groups. SOCIAL AND CULTURAL LIFE 47

230. Groupings done on the above basis in Table generally cordial, in simple as well as other types of I give the following results: families. Generally there is well defined division of labour. The family life is homogeneous, stable and well Households defined. Even though joint family system is slowly SI. Percentage breaking up, the authority of the father or the head of No. Types of families No. of the total the household is well respected.

1. Simple families 269 51.5 Inheritance of Property 2. Intermediate families 85 16.3 23 t. All the re,idents of Magadi are adhering 3. Joint families 43 8.2 to the patriarchal system of inheritance. Though the 4. Others 125 24.0 Hindu Law has been amended so as to give the right of inheritance to female me-mbers also, in practice none This clearly establishes that simple types of f:tmilies adhere to it. According to the prevailing custom, only predominate in number. A greater sense of indivi­ the male heirs of the deceased inherit the property. If duali1y and the desire for greater freedom from control the deceased has no male issues, the property is succeeded of elders and also freedom in economic mat!.ers­ by his wodow who enjoys it only during her life time. which is generally wanting in Joint families - is clearly On her death, the property reverts to the brother> of discernible in the village. her pr<:deccased husband. If there are no brothers to inherit the property, it goes to other near male relations 231. The castewise distribution of households by of the predeceased husband. All the "ons of the the types of families living in the households is given deceased are entitled to an equal share in the property in Table 1. Their percentages among some of the and unmarried daughters of such a person have a claim important castes arc shown below to draw comparison: for maintenance till their marriage, the responsibmty of arranging for their marriages being on the sons who inherit the property. Percentage of 235. If the sons prefer division of the property - Total Inter- and these days such divisions are generally preferred no. of Simple mediate Joint SI. Name of the because of the ceiling limits placed on agricultural No. caste households families families families Others holdings - the division is carried out wi1h the aSi)iHance of the village elders. The -property i.s equitably divided 1. Lingayats 240 51.25 17.92 8.33 22.50 into as many shan,s a ~ there are sons and then the 2. Kurubas 66 60.61 10.61 4.54 24.24 youngest SOD is asked to select his f:.hare first. The 3. Muslims 45 64.45 13.33 4.44 17.78 right of further selection moves in the order of their 4. Raddis 30 60.00 16.67 10.00 13.33 respective ages, till the share that is left over comes of 5. Harijans 34 41.18 20.59 11.76 26.47 the eldest son. As several other respoIlfibilities fall on the eldest son, he gets a slightly bigger share in the property. It is called Dastapalu. Composition of households 232. The average size of the households in the 236. Among Muslims, the custom provides that village works out to 4.8. The average size of the the surviving wife and daughters should each get Ij8th households for Dharwar district is 5.6 and for Shirhatti share in the property. But in practice, very few Taluk it is 5.4. From Table III wherein ,ize and. adhere to this custom. composition of households are indicated it is seen that in Magadi 10.1 % of the households are single member Leisure and Recreation households; 52.2 % are households with 2-3 memberf,; 237. Man is a social animal and cannot live on 43.2% are households with 4-6 members; 14.5% ace bread alone. He necessarily needs some recreati.on households with 7-9 members; and 6.3 % of the house­ and entertainment. But the nature of entertainment holds have more than 10 members. and recreation that he craves for differs from individual to individual. All the same he does need some change Intra-Family Relationships from his daily rut when he can forget - albeit tempor­ 233. Intra-family relationship is found to be arily - the sorrows and anxieties of his life. 48 MAGADI

238. Most of the agriculturists and other persons approaches, the tempo increases and about 2 or 3 days find leisure in the evenings. During summer the before the final day, the whole village starts bursting farmers return home early. On return home they find with enthusiasm. Besides paying contributions in cash some leisure when a few friends gather together on some towards the expenses of the show - these contributions Katta and start gossip. Generally they start discussing are generally fixed on the number of working bullocks the prospec~s of agriculture like conditions of crop a household possesses - people are seen moving about availability of manure, etc., and then the talk develops with wooden poles, curtains, bamboos, etc., to put up into simple gossip. The tea,hops on ~he bus-stand, a stage in some closeby field which is previously levelled. the shady stone katta on the outskirts of the village, The elders too forget their inhibitions and actively join etc., are favourite placet for gossiping. A few spend the youngsters in making the show a complete success. their time in playing cards. Very few are in the habit People from neighbouring villages gather in large of reading daily newspapers. Though some radio sets numbers hours before the appointed hour but the show have b~en installed in the village, practically none starts generally an hour or two later and runs through listen to the programmes regularly. The local school the whole night. The themes are mostly from Maha­ teachers have started a library but many of the villagers bharata, Ramayana or other epics and nowadays they do not even know of its existence. It is only a sophisti­ have also started staging some dramas with social or cated few from the village who are aware of it, historical content. The costumes generally consist of but even such persons rarely visit it. borrowed material and there has been practically no change in the male costumes. It is only with regard to 239. The womenfolk find very little leisure. female roles - these are also played by men - that Besides attending to all their household duties, they the earlier traditions are completely forgotten, and one also assist the malefolk in the fields. So the only should not be surprised if he finds a 'Miss modern' entertainment they find is in singing songs when working walking or dancing along with Krishna or Kamsa from at the grinding stone or attending to some other chores times of yore. The settings are generally simple and in the house. Joys and sorrows, emotions and passions, the lighting is provided by gas lamps which generally and the innermost feelings of man are expressed in flicker due to dirt getting into the oil or gusty winds these songs. In them are also reflected touches of his blowing across the open plains. But with all these daily life and changes brought about in his social and short-comings, it has to be admitted the audience really material existence. enjoy the shows.

240. Children spend their leisure in playing 243. Another form of entertainment is provided indigenous games like hide and seek, marble3, kabadi. by the annual fairs in the neighbouring areas. Some kho-kho, blind man's bluff, etc. The primary school of the fairs which Magadi residents visit are: has provided facilities to the school children to play volleyball, lazim, Indian dumb bells, etc. Young (a) Fakeerswami fair at Shirahatti about 5 miles girls play some indoor games like Pagadi, Anikal, away Kuntalapi etc. Some adults play kho-kho and kabaddi (b) Ishwar fair at Muktimandir about 11 miles on moonlit nights. away

241. The common forms of entertainment are (c) Mouneswar fair at Varavi about 7 miles away visiting the cinema shows at Shirahatti, Laxmeshwar, (d) Holalamma fair at Shrimantagad about 13 Gadag or Hubli; staging or witnessing some dramas miles away and open air plays; and attending the periodical fairs and festivals in nearby places like Shirahatti, Varavi, (e) Someshwar fair at Laxmeshwar about 16 miles Laxmeshwar, Gadag, etc. away (f) Yellamma fair at Saundatti about 60 miles 242. Several amateurs in the village stage one or away two open-air plays in the village. These plays staged generally after the harvests are called Doddata' or (g) Kappatgudda fair about 15 miles away Bailata. About two 'or three months before these plays (h) Mailarlinga fair at Devargudda about 50 miles are publicly staged, the participants start rehearsing away their respective roles between 9 p.m. and 11 p.m. every night. As the day for the public performance (i) Banashankari fair near Badami SOCIAL AND CULTURAL LIFE 49

U) Siddrameshwar fair at Sholapur (June) when the bullocks are worshipped aftee being given a wash. (k) Veerpashadeva car festival at Hampi

(I) Shivanandaswamy fair at Gadag (iii) Panchami (m) Hosritti fair at Hosritti. Nagar Panchami occurs when the agriculturists These fairs which are held in honour of some deities are comparatively free from work in the fields. It not o,nly satisfy the religious instincts of the people but falls on the 5th day of the bright half of the lunar month also help in develoPIng social and cultural ties amongst of Shravana. On this day newly married daughters are various peoples besides providing opportunities to invited to their parental house and sweets are sent to obtain their necessities. As such these fairs are import­ girls who are betrothed. Swings are put up on which ant to the villagers from religious, social, cultural, and both children and adults including women indulge economic points of view. Several of these fairs are themselves. The religious part of the festival consists also associated with cattle fairs, at which brisk trading of worship of the clay images of serpents in every in cattle and agricultural implements take place. household, by pouring milk on these images (Huttappa) on the head of which all the members of the household hold their hands. After worship all member..- wear 244. Another form of entertainment that the sacred thread3 (called Hanganula) besmeared with villagers find is in the periodical observance of festivals. Some of the festivals observed in the village are briefly turmeric powder. Milk is also poured on stone deities discussed below. of serpents. Snake charmers move round the villages and feed live snakes with milk. People believe that worship of snakes on this day gives them immunity Festivals from snakebite. 245. The Indian calendar is more or less a proces­ sions of festivals. Many of these festivals are purely (iv) Mannethina Amal'asya religious rites which though they are primarily of significance to the respective castes or households, On this day falling on the dark fortnight, clay images yet offer a visible mark of the cultural homogeniety of bullocks are worshipped. and consequent community feeling as a whole. It is really a pleasing feature of the village that there is (v) Ganesha Chathurthi mutual co-operation among people of all castes and religions in the observance of these festivals. Muslims This festival is celebtated on the 4th day of Bizadra­ freely co-operate in Hindu festivals and likewise Hindus pada every year. Ganapati i5 the chief deity of the co-operate in Muslim festivals. The important festivals Sangli rulers and as such Ganesh Chaturthi i~ con,idered in the village are:- as the festival of fe<;tivals in all the areas which was formerly under their rule. Week<> before the actual festival, signs of it appear. Shops take on festive air ti) Yugadi and exhibit their stocks of crackers and fireworks. On For all Hindus who reckon by the moon, a year the day of the festivals clay images of the elephant begins on the first of Chaitra (March - April). All over headed God, the work of the local Panchals are installed the world the new year is an occasion for thanks-giving, in many houses. Children take to this God instinctively rejoicing and festivity for the members of a community as he is considered as a God oflearning and also because professing the same creed. So is it with the Hindus they can expect to get several sweets besides getting of Magadi. Ritual has little part to play on that day some pocket money for the purchase of crackers. The of gaity. The celebrations starts with an oil bath and worship of the image is conducted for five, scv;::n or after worship, some people consume a little of the eleven days before it is immersed in a well. bitter ingredients of neem leaves mixed with jaggery. This is followed by a sumptuous meal. It is on this (vi) Navaratri d2.Y that the farmers of Magadi start their agricultural operations and so it is of particular importance to them. Also called Nadahabba, it is one of the most Hearing of the almanac is a significant event of the day. colourful festivals in the village celebrated with great rejoicing. Refreshed with the showers of monsoon, (Ii) Kar Hunnive nature also appears in all her verdant glory. The This is observed on the full moon day of Jyestha harvest is about to be garnered, the weather is serene 50 MAGADI

and, in this autumnal splendour, the thought'i of the image of Hattevva made of cowdung on the roof of peoph~ wander into the dreamland of legends. The their houses and also hang colourful paper lamps legends woven round Navaratri arc many. The festival (Shivanputti) near the front doors. This is believed which starts on the first day of Ashl'ija lasts for ten to attract Lakshmi the Goddess of wealth. On this days. It is chiefly dedicated to the worship of the day some people gamble with Pagadi or cards and it is three Goddesses Lakshmi, Saraswati and Durga. On believed that one who wins will have a prosperous year. the 9th day, weapons, implements of labour, etc., are Gambling on this day is believed to be no sin. offered worship. On the 10th day all males take the village deity in a proccssion outside the village to a (x) Makarasankramana place where a Bamli plant is previously fixed. This going out of the village is called ,C,'et'mollanglzan -- CIOS'­ It is observed on the 14th day of January every ing of the boundary. Gathered at the branch of the year, when the Sun enters the sign of capricorn. On Banni tree, people wait till the Patel of the village this day, people exchange a mixture of Til and Jaggery worships the tree and plucks a few leaves off it and then with the request "accept this mixture and talk sweetly" all others do the same. Then the procession returns In effect, this is a request for cordiality in social inter­ to the village visiting all the to..:mples of the village. course. Ballni leaves which symbolise Gold arc exchanged with all cordialities and on this day all the old animosities, (xi) Mahashirarathri jf any, are expected to be forgotten. It falls on the dark fourteenth of the lunar month of Magh and is considered to be one of the big (vii) Gouri Hunnive festivals in the village. It· is believed that those who This is observed on the full moon day in the month perform worship and offer ecstatic group prayers at of Ashvija. It is more or less a festival of females night on this day are released from the cycle of birth only. Images of Gouri are installed in the Ishwar and and death. Basavanna temples and in the night ladies dressed in their best clothes visit these temples as also the temple (xii) Ramzan of Udachanuna and wave Arati. Small groups of young girls move round the village singing. Betrothed This marks the end of the solemn month of Ramzan girls receive some presents from the parents of their - a month of fasting for Muslims. In the village all the bridegrooms. Muslims do not observe fasting. On the last day all of them (only the malefolk) gather at the mosque and offer alms to the poor after prayers. (viii) Shigi Hunnive

This is observed by all Hindus on the 14th and 15th (xiii) Bakri-ld day of Ashvija. It is more or less a ceremony of thanks­ giving to mother earth, performed on an elaborate It is one of the important Mohammedan festivals scale by all cultivators. It is an annual observance celebrated in honour of the sacrifice of Saint Abraham. which is both collective and co-operative for the whole According to their faith, Abraham was once ordered village and much resembles the modern practice of by God to offer sacrifice of his son and when he did, group picnic and hiking. On this day the villagers go he found that instead of his son a ram was lying slain. to their respective fields and have their meals there. Then Abraham and Ismail praised the divine, who They arrange 5 stones symbolising the five Pandavas commended Abraham's implicit trust in him. On this on the side and keep a stone separately symbolising day, rams and goats are sacrificed and there is great Kama. These stones are worshipped and then they rejoicing. take food. Landless people are invited by their land owning friends, for this festival. (xiv) Molzarrum

(ix) Deepm'ali It is a ten day observance of intense mourning by the Muslim community to commemorate the martyrdom . It is a festival of lights beginning on the thirteenth of Imam Hussain. The 9th day is called Kattala Ratri, of the dark half of the lunar month of Aswin and lasts On this day not only Muslims, but also Lingayats. for about five days. On this day, the trading class open Kurubas and persons from several other castes go to their new accounts for the year. Villagers keep an the mosque to offer sugar. This is called Sakkari 51 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL LIFE

Udisuvadu. On the tenth day replicas of the ma:tyr's Garbhagudi are carved the images of two elephants tombs at Karbala are carried in a procession headed with Goddess Lakshrni on a lotus in between. The by a paper horse symbolising Imam Husain's horse temple is managed by a committ~e of Panch as represent­ Dul-Dul. On this day, Hindus also prepare Chongya ing the different Hindu castes of the village. Puja is - a wheat preparation and eat it. As a part of the offered to the deity twice every day and on every Tuesday celebration of Mohurrum, walking across a pit filled the Utsavamurthy is taken round temple quadrangle with burning embers of wood is arranged. The firt'­ in a palanquin. This procession in palanquin starts walkers first bathe in the waters of a well called only after the village Patel offers cocoanut and camphor Basanbhavi, the water of which is believed to assume: to the deity. The priest coming from the Barker three different colours - yellow, blue and colourless caste has been endowed with a grant of 36 acres of - at different times. land. On all special occasions, the Hindu households of Magadi worship this deity. 246. These are some of the important festivals of the village. But it is quite possible that the absence On Rotti Panchami day in Shravan the people of the gay festival of Holi in this list may create a doubt take the Utsavamurthy in a procession to a place three if it is omitted through oversight. Holi is not observe:d miles away to worship Yellammana Kallu. Yellamma is in the village at all. It is said that Goddess Udachamma, believed to be sister of Udachamma and on this day chief deity of the village, had desired that Holi should the people extend an invitation to Goddess Yellarmna not be observed in the village. To test the powers of to come to the village. During Navaratri, reading of the Goddess, it is believed, that some weavers from Devipurana and some Pravachanas are arranged in Mulgund village came here and arranged for the burning this temple for nine days. Special pujas and offerings of the effigy of Kamanna, when the whole village caught are also made to the deity during this period and com­ fire. All the weavers died of burning and since then munal feeding is also arranged. On Gouri Hunnive, there is not a single household of weavers in the village, flower chaplets and blouse pieces (cholis) are offered though hand loom weaving prospers in several neigh­ to the deity. Special mass prayers are arranged at bouring villages like (4 miles), Laxmeshwar this temple before the agriculturists harvest their crops. (8 miles), Mulgund (5 miles), etc. It is also believed Years back, there used to be a big fair at this temple that it is for this reason, the temple of Udachamma is when a He-buffaloe dedicated to the deity used to be just beyond the Gaothana limits. sacrificed. But now this fair is stopped and the He­ buffalo dedicated to the temple is sold by auction and 247. Independence day (15th August), Gandhi the amount realised, is used by the Panchas for the maintenance of the temple activities. Jayanti (2nd October), Children's day (14th November) and Republic day (26th January) are other national (i) Maruti Temple festivals observed by all castes and creeds in the village. This temple facing South is located just at the entrance to the village. The temple is said to be as Religious Institutions old as the village itself. The temple has no lands but 248. The number of mosques, temples and other one woman by name Smt. Basavva Upper has donated places of common worship in the village is as large as two acres of land to the temple. The temple also recei­ 28. Important among them are (i) Udachamma ves Rs. 8/- annually from the Kashetti Trust. Puja is temple, (ii) Maruti temple, (iii) Basavanna temple, offered every day. (iv) Duraki Ajjana Matha and (v) Galemma temple. Some salient particulars about the,e important places On Yugadi day special celebrations are arranged of worship are given below: at the temple. In front of the temple there is a pit about ten feet square and six feet deep. This pit has It (i) Udachamma Temple steps all round. is filled with water and a small pendal about 10 to 12 feet in height is erected just above This is the chief deity of the Village. The temple it. To this pendal are tied five cocoanuts, one of them is located towards the north of the Gaothana beyond being at the top of the centre of the pond and the other the road leading to Shirahatti and faces East. It is four in the four comers. People stand on the edge of inside a stone paved quadrangle. The temple proper the pond and try to snatch away the cocoanuts and in is about 30 feet by 20 feet and the Garbhagudi is about the course of these efforts fall in the pond. A certain 20 feet by 8 feet. It is a stone structure with v(,ry amount of skill is required to snatch the cocoanuts in little of sculpture on it. Only on the front door of the the middle. 52 MAGADI

(iii) BaS{l\rall11a Temple One Lingayat household performs Satyallarayana Puja every month at which a Brahmin priest officiates. This temple with mud walls and roof of wood and mud standing on stone pillars is situated in the heart 250. Goddess Durgawwa and Dyamawwa are of the village. The temple is about 15' x 20' in extent much revered in the village. Durgawwa is considered and the Garbhagudi is about 8 feet square. The to be the incarnation of and Dyamawwa to be management rests with the village leaders. Just in the incarnation of Lakshmi. Whenever there are front of it is Ishwar temple where there is a big Linga. epidemics of Cholera or Smallpox, the villagers offer This Linga which is said to have been originally about special prayers to Durgawwa and Dyamawwa. In the 6 feet high and about 3 feet in circumference was cut case of such outbreaks, the villagers observe five at the top by some intruders some generations back and Wednesdays asDeviWaras when no household prepared the cut part is lying just besides the deity. Jowar bread. They prepare a special dish called Undgadabu on these days. The Puja is conducted by one Jangam. The temple had no lands and so one 8asappa Fakeerappa 251. In case of drought, the villagers observe three, Ganiger has donated about five acres of land to the five or seven Tuesdays as Waras in honour of the local temple. The temple is also getting Rs. 8/- from the deity Udachamma. On these Tuesdays none in the Kashetti trust. Till about 5 years back, a big fair used village - particularly the agriculturists and artisans - to be arranged in the temple on the last Monday of engages himself in his normal vocation and on the Shravall but now it has been stopped. This stoppage last day special offerings are made to the deity. This is attributed to some local factions. is called Uditumbuvadu.

(iv) Duraki Ajjana Matha 252. Cattle stricken with some disease - parti­ A couple of years back, a saint by name Duraki cularly the foot and mouth diseases - arc taken round passed away in Udachamma temple. He is believed the tomb of Saint Mahaboobsubhani on five Thursdays. to have attained great spiritual heights and in his honour The villagers avoid going out of the village on a Wednes­ the villagers have erected one Matha at the place where day. If circumstances do not permit them to avoid his earthly remains were reposed. On every Monday a journey on any Wednesday, they offer a cocoanut and Thursday, the villagers conduct Bhajanas at this to Udachamma deity. If a crow enters a house through Matha. The Mallia is run by raising local donations. the front door and gets out from the hind door, they generally quit the house for some period "pecified by (v) Ga/emma Temple the local astrologers. If anyone is possessed by spirit, the local exorcist is approached for a remedy. If he There are two temples of Galemma - one situated does not succeed, the patient is taken to a tomb known in the Harijankeri and the other in a field about a as Dudpeera's tomb at Lakshmeshwar. In case of furlong away. The two Galemmas are believed to be serious ailments they observe VOW8 to the lomb of sisters. These deities are very much revered by the Mahaboobsubhani or Mishedevaru at Shirahatti. They Harijans. They offer puja every day. On Dasara day, believ~ that wearing a ring prepared by a local Panchal the deity in the village is taken to the deity in the field by name Ramappa cures chronic complaints of head­ and on their way back some of them pass through ache. They believe that seeing a Ratnaparkhi bird the Agnikunda filled with burning embers. On that day, first thing in the morning is a good omen. Some after exchange of Banni, they arrange a big feast for households go several miles out of the village on Yugadi their castemen. day to get a glimpse of this bird. Coming across a barber or a person carrying faggots soon after daybreak Other Religious Customs and Beliefs is considered to be a bad omen. Sneezing in the course 249. Table 2 presents the association of deities of discussions on an important topic is considered to and objects ot worship among all the households be bad. Besides these, there are several other beliefs coming under various castes. In most of the households current in the village which differ from house to house. there is a separate sanctified place for offering daily Village Organisation worship. In some houses, they have separate rooms for puja and in some part of the kitchen inelf is used as 253. There are practically no factions in the a place for worship. As already stated there are no village based on either territorial affiliations or religion caste rivalries or rivalries based on religion. Several and caste distinctions. A spirit of co-operation pervades Hindus offer prayers at the mosque on Mohurram day. all the spheres of activity and interdependence of persons SOCIAL AND CULTURAL LIFE 53 belong to various castes is quite pronounced in the have been discussed in Chapter II when dealing with economic sector. On the social or religious side too, these respective castes. as already remarked elsewhere, there is perfect harmony among people of various castes and religion. But Statutory Pancbayat recently some rivalries in the leadership of the village 255. For any development programme to take are coming to the surface. This rivalry seems to have roots and grow in the villages, it must, from its early started with some differences arising out of the admini­ stages be sponsored and given guidance by a responsible stration' of the Co-operative Society. It appears one village body and in general it is the Village Panchayat of the members of the board of directors of the Co­ which has the greatest potntial capacity to mobilise operative Society was dismembered and with this the village for any developmental work. Magadi has started a duel and rivalry for village leadership. Indivi­ such a Panchayat, which, within its limited means, has duals become leaders when they have a following and been trying to effectively mobilise all segments of the so each side started mustering force around is, with village population for voluntary participation in plan­ the result that ultimately in place of one Co-operative ning and development. The activities of this Statutory Society in the village, two have come up. Village Panchayat are governed by the Mysore Panchayat and leaders can guide village people in examining village Local Bodies Act, 1959. The Panchayat is constituted problems; in deciding which problems to tackle and of 13 elected members, of whom 7 are Lingayats, 2 are when; and in working with the people as they participate Kurubas, 2 are Raddis, 1 is a Barker and 1 is a Madig. in development activities of the village. But the Two of the members, one belonging to Lingayat and the existence of this rivalry for leadership in the village has other belonging to Raddi castes are women. All the actually hampered the development activities in the members, excepting the Madig member who is an village. The incomplete foundation of the newly agricultural labourer, are cultivators. None of the proposed school building which stares at the visitors members has received education beyond Primary as they enter the village, is the best indication as to Standard. Both the Sarpanch and the Deputy Sarpanch how much harm rivalries in village leadership can do. are Lingayats. The Panchayat has a staff consisting This building, it is believed, would have been completed of one secretary, one peon and two sweepers. The much earlier had the village leaders stood united. Panchayat meets atleast once every month and onJy occasionally meetings are adjourned for want of quorum. 254. It is only among Kurubas and Madigs that there are Caste Panchayats. Even the influence of 256. The following statement of its income and these Caste Panchayats is slowly decreasing. The expenditure for the years 1960-61 and 1961-62 gives details regarding the working of these Caste Panchayats an idea of its working:-

Income and Expenditure 1960 - 61

Income Expenditure

~s. P. Rs. P. 1. Balance carried over 1,9 4 00 1. Staff 1,272 00 2. Grants for Gramsevak building 300 00 2. Developmental activities 2,136 00 3. Mahilamandal grant 800 00 3. Civic and Municipal functions 502 00 4. Misc. Govt. grant 146 00 4. Street lighting 1,120 00 5. Grant for Crop Competition 25 00 5. Stationery, etc. 374 00 6. Grant for Agricultural Exhibition 25 00 6. Radio 80 00 1. Share of Land Revenue 1,640 00 7. Travelling expences 86 00 8. House-tax 2,154 00 8. Deadstock 12 00 9. Disposal of some deadstock, etc. 641 00 9. Repairs to wells, etc. 974 00 10. Cattle pound 196 00 10. Roads 489 00 11. Manure 195 00 11. Balance 2,799 00 12. Shop tax 190 00 13. Miscellaneous 159 00

Total 9,853 00 Total . 9,853 00 54 MAGADI

Income and Expenditure 1961 - 62

Income Expenditure

Rs. P. Rs. P. I. Balance carried over from the previous year 2,799 00 I. Staff 1,402 00 2. Share of Land Revenue 1,640 00 2. Public Health 114 00 3. Grant for Mahilamandal 800 00 3. Developmental activities 277 00 4. Grant for the Building for Gramsevak 109 00 4. Lighting 1,025 00 5. Grant for Mahila Shibir 73 00 5. Contingency 125 00 6. House tax 2,084 00 6. Radio 116 00 7. Shop tax, etc. 305 00 7. Dead stock 63 00 8. Other assets of the Panchayat 100 00 8. Mahilamandal a Shishuviharkendra 1,674 00 9. Receipts from cattle pound 287 00 9. Repairs to wells 7 00 10. Manure 129 00 to. Roads 708 00 II. Others 473 00 II. Miscellaneous 418 00 12. Balance 2,312 00

Total . 8,831 00 Total 8,831 00

257. For the year 1961-62 the total income of ous matters. The expenditure on lighting is consider­ the Panchayat excluding the amount carried forward able in view of the fact that 33 lanterns and 7 petromax from the previous year is Rs. 6,032/-. If the expenditure lamps are used for lighting the streets every night in for this period is considered, it is seen that 23.2 % of the dark fortnight and on all nights in the rainy season. the net income for the year is spent on staff; 16.9% is spent on street lighting; 27.7 % is spent on the develop­ 258. The Village Panchayat has undertaken several ment of the MahilaIllandal and Shishuvihar; II. 5 % developmental activities in the village from time to time is spent on roads and the balance is spent on miscellane- as would be evident from the following table:-

Some Important Developmental Works undertaken by the Panchayat

Total Govt. Expenditure Sl. Estimated grant on Panchayat No. Year Particular of work Expenditure if any account

Rs. P. Rs. P. Rs. P. I. 1956 - 57 Installation of a community Radio receiver set 527 00 200 00 327 00 2. -do- Paving some streets 2,783 00 1,391 00 1,687 00 3. - do- Construction of new road 1,138 00 1,138 00 4. 1957 - 58 Drainage works 5,924 00 5,924 00 5. 1958 - 59 - do - 3,055 00 1,091 1,964 00 6. 1959-60 Quarters for Gramsevak 5,723 00 1,500 00 4,223 00 7. 1961 - 62 Building for Mahilamandal and Shishuvihar 2,600 00 1,600 00 1,000 00 8. 1962 - 63 Tailoring centre for women 4,000 00 3,000 00 1,000 00

259. The Panchayat has so far paved 8 lanes and Co-operative Movement dug open drains along about 2,500 feet of roads. But 260. As already stated there are two agricultural credit Co-operative Societies in the village. The second the .condition of most of the roads is not satisfactory. was the outcome of some rivalries in the village. The Particularly in the rainy season they get slushy. Some two Co-operative Societies are (i) Large sized Agricul­ more attention to village sanitation also appears neces­ tural Co-operative Society and (ii) Grama Seva Sahakari sary. Sangha Niyamit. SOCIAL AND CULTURAL LIFE 55

(i) Large sized Agricultural Co-operative Society caste. Five of them have received education upto the 261. This is also known as Magadi Dodda Primary standard and one has received secondary Pramanad Prathamic Pattin Vyavasaya Sahakari Sangha education. The Society has employed one Secretary Niyamit. It was started on 27-9-1945 with the and a Peon. object of providing short term and mid-term credit to agriculturists and supplying of improved seeds and 262. The Society advances loans at the time of fertilizers to them.' This has a membership of 258 and harrowing and sowing and recovers it after harvest. the affairs of the Society are managed by a board The interest charges is Rs. 7.81 %. The statement of consisting of 6 elected members. At present all the income and expenditure for 1961-62 produced below members of the board are cultivators from Lingayat gives a fair idea of its working:-

Statement of Income and Expenditure for 1961~2 (1-7~1 to 30-6-(2)

Income Expenditure

Rs. P. Rs. PO 1. Balance carried forward 2,146 06 I. Refund of share money 2,765 00 2. Share capital 7,240 00 2. Loans to members 7,7166 01 3. Short loans recovered from members 74,816 00 3. Refund of deposits of non-members 496 49 4. Midterm loans recovered 1,565 00 4. Interest paid to Central bank 1,014 60 5. Interest 8,157 98 5. Refund of deposits to members 2,000 00 6. Deposit from members 3,137 15 6. Return of amount loaned by Central Bank 81,117 00 7. Receipt from Central Bank 74,067 03 7. Staff 550 05 8. Admission fee 11 00 8. Contingency 288 05 9. Sale of pass books 8 00 9. Audit fee 104 60 10. Penal Interest 990 11 10. Purchase of Prize Bonds 200 00 11. Surcharge 430' 67 II. Purchase of Savings certificates 200 05 12. Notice fee, etc. 191 81 12. Deadstock 79 70 13. Dividend and Interest 107 77 13. Fertilizers 2,975 08 14. Grant from Government 466 71 14. Current Deposits in Bank 9,792 43 15. Sale of fertilizers 1,950 00 15. Miscellaneous 60 53 16. Current deposits 4,585 00 16. Balance 1,070 73 17. Miscellaneous 10 00

Total 1,79,880 29 Total 1,79,880 29

(ii) Grama Seva Sahakari Sangha Niyamit members of the board are cultivators and have received education upto the Primary standard. The Society has 263. This Co-operative Society was started on employed a Secretary and a Peon. This Society 25-5-1960 with the object of providing similar provides only short term loans, the rate of interest facilities to agriculturists as are provided by the other being 7.81 %. Society. It has a membersh;p of 108. Its affairs are managed by a board of 9 members of whom 3 are 264. The statement of its income and expenditure Raddis, 5 are Lingayats, and 1 is a Kuruba. All the for 1961-62 is as shown below:-

Income Expenditure

Rs. P. Rs. P. 1. Balance carried forward 103 93 1. Recredit to Central Bank 16,604 00 2. Share capital 2,075 00 2. Advances to members 16,304 00 3. Advances from Central Bank 16,604 00 3. Interest to Central Bank 433 16 4. Loans recovered from members 18,426 00 4. Contingency 582 08 5. Interest recovered from members 1,233 24 5. Current deposits 17,637 69 6. Penal interest from members 16 32 6. Fertilizers 1,860 00 7. Admission fee 32 00 7. Deadstock 84 84 R. Sale of fertilisers 1,860 00 8. Library 5 00 9. Amount from Bank 17,566 00 9. Refund of share money 360 00 10. Sale of pass books 23 00 10. Purchase of shares 300 00 11. Dividend 12 80 12. Miscellaneous 9 13

Total 57,961 92 Total 57,961 92 56 MAGADI

265. Inspite of the existence of these Societies (ii) Shishuvihar the credit needs of the cultivators do not appear to be 268. This is more or less a kindergarten school satisfied fully as is evident from Table XXIII-B. which is attended by 31 children aged between 3 and 5 years. They are taught nursery rhymes, simple Voluntary Organisations alphabets and some games. 266. A village without its own voluntary organis­ ations, cannot think, plan and act as a village unit. (jii) Gram Swayam Sevaka Dal Such organisations are quite necessary in gaining 269. This was started on 26-1-1963 as a part experience in doing things for themselves under the of the development programme for village youth. The stimulus of their own leaders and working through object is chiefly to provide effective media for changing their own organised groups. In fact voluntary group traditional village attitudes; to teach them to work effort is a part of the deepest value., and traditions of together in group projects so that they can easily under­ India. With a view to give a certain amount of impetus take various developmental activities; and to provide to such inherenl tendencies a few voluntary organisations for future leadership in the village. The present have been established in the village. They are as yet strength of this Dal is 41. They have so far undertaken only in the infant stages and need some more time to several welfare activities like repairing of roads, propa­ get properly developed. The organisations which have gation of improved techniques of agriculture, conducting been established in the village after the introduction crop competitions, increasing membership of Co­ of the National Extension Scheme in the Taluk are operative institutions, helping in the consh uction of (i) Mahilamandal (ii) Shishuvihar and (iii) Gram the Primary School building by providing voluntary Sway am Sevak Dal. labour, keeping a watch on attendance in Schools, providing facilities for physical education, etc. (i) Mahila MandaI Family Planning 267. If the needs of rural India in its upward surge from the depths of poverty are to be met, educat:on 270. The village has practically no idea of family for fam;l! becomes an essential service and this would planning. So far no efforts to educate them in this not be complete unless the village women are brought regard also appear to have been made. Only four, one out of the village purdah and involved in activities of whom is a Government servant, have undergone other than those only in the kitchen. With a view to vasectomy. educate such women, a Mahila MandaI has been started in the village. It has a membership of 51. Once in Removal of untouchability and other Social Measures a week the members meet in the evening, when the Gramsevika gives them some instructions on matters 271. It is seen from Table 3 that the whole village concerning the role of women, home science, etc. is aware of the legislative measures undertaken to put Periodically Puja is offered to Akka Mahadevi at this an end to the evil of untouchability. But in practice centre. Cultural activities like singing, dancing, talks hardly any change in their attitude is noticeable. The and discussions are also arranged from time to time. Madigas and Holeyas do not enter the temples. They A tailoring class attached to this Centre was started are permitted to go to the teashops no doubt; but in 1960 with one sewing machine and now the Centre they have a separate corner for them and also sep'lrate has purchased four sewing machines. 15 women are utensils are kept for them. Even in the Panchayat learning tailoring under an instructress. The clothe" meetings, the Madiga member does not occupy a chair stitched are blouse'> (cholis) and children's dress, which along with other members, even if one is offered to him. are marketed on the shandy day. Three members It appears that other castes do not inwardly wdcome participated in the Mysore State Women's Conference free association with Harijans and the Harijans, on held at Bangalore and one member was a delegate to their part feel diffident to claim an equal treatment. the Panchayat Rajya Conference held at Bangalore. All these traces of untouchability can be eradicated more A camp for women (Mahila Shibir) coming from by education than force. several neighbouring villages was conducted in the village in 1962, when an exhibition of articles prepared 272. Similar is the position with other social by women was also arranged. Nine Gramsevikas reform measures like abolition of dowry system, from the training centre at Dharwar had camped in prohibition of child marriages, compulsory education the village to acquaint themselves with rural conditions. of children, etc. SOCIAL AND CULTURAL LIFE 57

National Extension Scheme the Gramsevika. Several of the developmental acti­ vities undertaken in the village like starting of Mahila­ 273. Thi" scheme was introduced in Shirhatti mandaI, Shishuvihar, Youth Club, Improvement in Taluk on 1-5-1956 and since then several develop-'" roads, conducting crop competitions, propagation of mental activities have been sponsored is Magadi which improved methods and techniques in agriculture, etc., happens to be the Headquarters of the Garmsevak and have already been discussed under different heads. CHAPTER V

CONCLUSION

274. The preceding four chapters have been in tution for themselves as co-education is not looked to the nature of a report on these investigations and as with much favour in the village. such have contained facts and figures with description, discussion and analysis of the Socio-economic aspects 277. The condition of the Harijans appear to be of the village. Proper assessment of the trend of deplorable. No doubt the legislative, administrative changes is practicable only when similar information and executive part of the nation has implemented the is available for two or more periods of time. So at national pledge of putting an end to untouchability. present only the significant features as obtaining in the But such measures have at best produced only a few village at the time of this survey are presented. dents in the solid wall of tradition and custom whose demolition can be successful only if an active sentiment 275. The main occupation of the village is culti­ is roused in the people at large. vation but without any support from irrigation and 278. One notable feature is that there is perfect thus it remains helplessly dependent on weather. By harmony among people of various castes and religions. and large the villagers rely on their traditional methods But at the same time it cannot be forgotten that a few of cultivation. Of late the number of landless labourers factions have developed in the village due to other has shown a marked increase, especially after the causes. Such rivalries have impeded the progress of introduction of the land reforms. Their economic the village to a certain extent and it would be in the condition continues to be far from satisfactory, thus interest of the village if efforts are made to put an end clearly showing that the land reform measures so far to them. undertaken are inadequate. The village artisans are facing obstacles due to the competition of factory­ 279. The sanitary arrangements provided in the produced goods and so their lot: is not much better village are not adequate. The streets are narrow and than that of the agricultural labourers. appear to have been much encroached upon. The living rooms in many houses are illventilated and dark 276. Educationally, the village appears to be very due to the total absence of windows. The Statutory backward as the number of persons who have studied Panchayat, which is one of the progressive panchayats beyond the Primary School standard can be counted of the Taluk, is trying its best to improve the living on one's fingers. In respect of female education, the conditions. The innate urge to develop the village is conditions are far from satisfactory. Practically no also not lacking in the villagers. So if these forces girls spend more than a couple of years in school. are properly harnessed, the village will surely have Conditions may improve if they have a separate insti- mcuh better days ahead. TABLES

61

TABLE I

Area, Houses and Population

Area in Population Density Number of Number of Acres Hectares Per Sq. Mile Houses Households Persons Males Females

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

6,040 2,384 265 512 522 2,513 1,252 1,261

TABLE II

Population by Age Groups

Total of all ages 0-4 5-9 10-14 15-19 20-24 25-29 30-34 35-44 45-59 60+

Persons Males Females M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F M F

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

2,513 1,252 1,261 188 198 183 194 142 147 87 57 107 104 108 120 92 81 134 166 140 129 71 65

TABLE III

Size and Composition of Households

Size of Households

Single member 2-3 members 4-6 members 7-9 members 10 members and above

Total No. of House- House- House- House- House- Households holds Males Females holds M F holds M F holds M F holds M F

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

522 53 24 29 132 170 162 228 591 551 76 276 311 33 191 208 62 MAGADI

TABLE IV

Households Classified by Religions, Castes and Sub-Castes

Number Population of Religion Caste Sub-Caste households Persons Males Females

2 3 4 5 6 7

HINDU Lingayat Panchamasale 105 566 291 275 Jangama 32 138 73 65 Koduvakkaliga 28 143 71 72 Banajiga 16 98 42 56 Shivashimpi 13 56 29 27 Ganiga 12 52 22 30 Hugar 11 48 31 17 Hadapad 9 42 24 18 Lalagondar 7 38 17 21 Madivala 6 24 10 14 Kumbara 1 6 3 3 Brahmin Vaishnava 6 39 19 20 Smartha 6 14 7 7 Kuruba Hatti-Kuruba 66 298 151 147 Raddy Namada Raddy 30 148 82 66 Panchala 16 87 41 46 Helava 12 61 25 36 Bhajantri 8 16 8 8 Uppara 5 21 .to 11 Ediga 6 42 23 19 Talwar 15 65 31 34 Lambani 9 40 22 18 Barkeer 10 55 24 31 Kshatriya Rajaput 2 20 6 14 Maratta Kalal 1 2 2 Kshatriya. 1 4 2 2 Sonagar or Daivajna Brahmin 2 7 5 2 Dasar Haridas 6 2 4 Voddar I Bhovi 6 3 3 Kalluvoddar 2 1 I Korawar I 1 Harijan Holiya 6 2 4 Madiga 33 160 76 84

MUSLIM Nadaph 28 120 62 52 Saiyad 5 24 9 15 Sheik 4 18 12 6 Pinjari 4 15 7 8 Mulla 3 17 8 9 Sultana Kalal 3 2

CHRISTIAN Protestant 3 4 4

Total 522 2,513 1,252 1,261 TABLES 63

TABLE V

Scheduled Castes I Scheduled Tribes

Scheduled Caste Scheduled Tribes Community Community No. of households Persons Males Females No. of households Persons Males Females

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Dasar 1 6 2 4 Holiya 1 6 4 2 Madiga 33 160 76 84

Total 35 172 82 90

TABLE VI

Age and Marital Status

Never Divorced or Unspecified Total population Married Married Widowed separated status

Age-Group Persons Males Females M F M F M F M F M F

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

All Ages 2,513 1,252 1,261 696 572 486 481 62 191 8 17

0-4 386 188 198 188 198

5- 9 377 183 194 183 194

10-14 289 142 147 142 138 9

15-19 144 87 57 78 19 9 38

20-24 211 107 104 70 5 37 98

25-29 228 108 120 16 2 89 108 3 9

30-34 173 92 81 4 5 83 59 4 9 8

35-39 147 63 84 2 5 57 62 3 14 3

40-44 153 71 82 4 2 60 40 6 36 4

45--49 93 52 41 3 43 20 4 19 2

50-54 123 58 65 47 29 9 35

55-59 53 30 23 20 6 9 17

60+ 136 71 65 4 2 41 12 24 51 2

Age not stated 64 MAGADI

o N

...N :; - ......

o N

o o 00 00 <", ...., «) 'D -

00 0\

00 o t­ 00 '

00 t­ '

00 t­ 00 o ...... 00 ao on ...., t-

'

TABLE VIII

Workers and Non-Workers by Sex and Broad Age-Groups

Total population Workers Non-workers Age-Group Persons Males Females Persons Males Females Persons Males Females

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

All Ages 2,513 1,252 1,261 1,351 753 598 1,162 499 663 0-14 1,052 513 539 73 40 33 979 473 506 15-34 756 394 362 684 391 293 72 3 69 35-59 569 274 295 530 268 262 39 6 33 60+ 136 71 65 64 54 10 72 17 55

TABLE IX

Workers Classified by Sex, Broad Age-Groups and Occupations

Age-Groups and Sex

0-14 15-34 35-59 60+ Sl. No. Name of Occupation Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1. Cultivation only II 12 142 125 92 122 26 4 2. Cultivation and Agricultural Labour 2 2 40 24 26 21 4 3. Cultivation and Household Industry 2 1 4. Cultivation and Trade 2 2 5. Cultivation and Service 2 6 6. Cultivation and Profession 1 7. Agricultural Labour only 18 17 98 107 71 89 10 2 8. Agricultural Labour and Cultivation 5 2 49 23 24 21 5 9. Agricultural Labour and Industry 3 2 10. Agricultural Labour and Service 2 11. Agricultural Labour and Profession 2 12. Industry only 8 7 13. Industry and Cultivation . 4 2 14. Industry and Agricultural Labour I 2 15. Trade only 5 2 8 2 3 16. Trade and Cultivation I 7 17. Profession only 1 18. Profession and Industry I 19. Service only 28 8 12 2 2 20. Service and Cultivation 3 21. Service and Agricultural Labour 22. Cattle Rearing only 2 1 23. Transport and Trade 2

Total 40 33 391 293 268 262 54 10 66 MAGADI

TABLE X Workers Classified by Sex, Broad Age-Groups and Industry. Business and Cultivation Belonging to the Households

Workers engaged in

Total workers Household Industry Household Business Household Cultivation

Age-Groups Persons Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females

.------~ 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

All Ages 1,.351 75.3 598 .33 6 27 5 464 360 0-14 73 40 33 18 16 15-34 684 391 293 16 1 9 3 245 174 35-59 530 268 262 15 3 15 2 164 164 60+ 64 54 10 2 2 3 37 6

Note:-Tea shop workers excluded in the table.

TABLE XI Non-Workers by Sex, Broad Age-Groups and Nature of Activities

Age Groups and Sex

Total 0-14 15-34 35-59

Activity Persons Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females Males Females

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Dependents 704 323 381 320 366 3 5 7 Students 284 155 129 153 129 2 Household Duties 104 104 11 66 24 3 Old age and illness 65 18 47 2 4 16 43 Seeking employment J J Rent receivers 2 1 I Beggars 2 1 1 1 1 Total 1,162 499 663 473 506 3 69 6 33 17 55

TABLE XII Households by Number of Rooms and by Number of Persons Occupying

Households Households with no Households Households Households Households Households with more regular with one with two with three with four with five than room room rooms rooms rooms rooms five rooms

Vl

522 502 2,513 238 920 123 618 114 658 39 259 6 42 2 16 TABLES 67

TABLE xrn

Households Engaged in Cultivation, Industry, Business and other Occupations

Number of Grainfully Tot"l Total Number of Persons Employed Persons Number of Households Engaged in households Persons Males Females Persons Males Females

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Cultivation only 146 780 394 386 409 225 184 Cultivation and Agricultural labour 70 356 179 177 203 109 94 Cultivation, Agricultural labour and Trade 1 5 3 2 2 1 Cultivation, Agricultural labour and Other Service 10 3 7 2 2 Cultivation and Household Industry 3 15 7 8 7 5 2

Cultivation and Trade 7 48 25 23 16 12 4 Cultivation and Other Service 15 101 48 53 41 27 14 Cultivation, Othe' Service and Agricultural labour 17 9 8 8 4 4 Livestock rearing and Agricultural labour 1 4 2 2 2 1 1 Agricultural labour only 130 488 240 248 293 151 142

Agricultural labour and Cultivation 54 281 155 126 179 ]03 76 Agricultural labour, Cultivation and Household Industry 4 2 2 3 2 1 Agricultural labour, Cultivation and Trade 3 2 ] 2 Agricultural labour, Cultivation and Other Service 3 2 1 3 2 Agricultural labour and Household Industry 6 19 8 11 13 5 8

Agricultural labour, Household Industry and Cultivation 4 2 2 4 2 2 Agricultural labour and Other service 7 35 15 20 18 8 10 Agricultural labour, Other service and Cultivation 2 6 3 3 6 3 3 Household Industry only 4 17 10 7 6 6 Household Industry and Cultivation 8 53 23 30 21 14 7

Household Industry and Agricultural labour 4 15 9 6 8 4 4 Trade only 6 15 9 6 7 6 1 Trade and Cultivation 6 39 16 23 14 8 6 Trade and Agricultural labour 4 18 4 14 9 3 6 Transport, Cultivation and Trade 7 2 5 3 2

Transport, Trade and Cultivation 1 14 6 8 4 3 Other Service only 19 53 20 33 21 14 7 Other Service and Cultivation 2 7 5 2 4 3 I Other Service, Cultivation and Agricultural labour 4 3 3 2 1 Other Service and Agricultural labour 5 24 13 11 13 7 6

Service, Agricultural labour and Cultivation 6 3 3 4 2 2 Service and Household Industry 4 1 3 1 Tea shop only 11 9 2 9 7 2 Tea shop and Cultivation 5 34 14 20 13 8 5 Households with only Non-Gainfully Employed Persons 5 13 6 7

Total 522 2513 1,252 1,261 1,351 753 598 68 MAGADI

TABLE XIV

Types of Industry Run by the Households

- .. --~--- Households having household Households having household Industry as a primary occupation Industry as a subsidiary occupation

Total persons in Total persons in households households Persons engaged mentioned in Persons engaged mentioned in Total No. of in industry Col. 3 No. of in industry Col. 8 No. of house- house- Type of Industry households holds Males Females Males Females holds Males Females Males Females

2 3 4 5 6 7 S 9 10 11 12 ------Tailoring 4 4 5 9 7 Carpentry 3 J 4 8 10 Gold-smithy 3 2 2 5 2 2 2 Carpentry and Blacksmithy 3 2 5 5 I 2 3 Blacksmithy 2 I 2 J 2 3 3 Carpentry and Goldsmithy 1 j 6 6 Carpentry and Tailoring 2 2 9 Oil gana 2 2 2 Pottery 1 3 3 Basket making 4 4 2 4 5 6 Leather tanning 3 3 3 7 8 Mat weaving 1 Soda factory 3

Total 28 16 23 42 43 12 10 5 20 26

TABLE XV

Types of Business Run by the Households

Households having household Households having household Industry as a primary occupation Industry as a subsidiary occupation

Total persons in Total persons in households households Persons engaged mentioned in Persons engaged mentioned in Total No. of in Business Col. 3 No. of in Business Col. 8 No. of house- house- Type of Business households holds Males Females Males Females holds Males Females Males Females

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Kirani Shop 9 9 9 20 26 Vegetable Selling 3 3 3 J (; General Merchant 6 2 2 4 5 4 6 15 19 Milk Selling 3 1 2 6 2 2 5 3 Cloth Merchant 2 2 Beedi Shop 1 :,' 5 5 Chaff and food selling 1 2 1 Wood merchant 6 6 Butter seIling 2 2 Photo frame works 2 4 3 Tea shop 6 6 8 23 22

Total 33 22 22 4 52 65 11 13 1 38 39 fABLES 69

TABLE XVI Traditional Industries by the Number of Households in Each

Name of Traditional No. of households in each Industry Traditional Industry

Tailoring 4 Carpentry 3 Goldsmithy 3 Carpentry and Blacksmithy 3 Blacksmithy 2 Carpentry and Goldsmithy Oilgana 1 Basket making 4 Leather tanning 3 Mat weavIng . I

Total 25

TABLE XVII Die t

Households taking Total No. of One Two Three More than three households meal a day meals a day meals a day meals a day in each Community. community Adults Children Adult Children Adults Children Adults Children

HINDU- Lingayat 240 26 213 215 25 Kuruba 66 I 65 61 5 Harijan 34 34 26 8 Raddy 30 3 27 30 Panchal 16 12 4 16

Talwar 15 I 14 15 Brahmin 12 9 3 10 Helava 12 12 11 Barkeer 10 9 10 Lambani 9 9 9

Bhajantri 8 2 6 8 Ediga 6 6 6 Uppara 5 5 4 Voddar 3 2 3 Kshatriya 2 2 2

Maratha 2 Sonagar 2 2 2 Dasar Korawar

Muslim 45 45 38 7

Christian 3 2 J

Total 522 1, 61 462 470 47 70 MAGADI

TABLE XVIII

Staple Diet and Food Habits of Communities ----- Households taking No. of Non- house- Rice & Jowar & Wheat & Jowar & Vege- - Vege- Community holds Rice Ragi Ragi Wheat Jowar Rice Jowar tatian tat ian

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

HINDU- Lingayat 240 236 3 240 Kuruba 66 65 66 Harijan 34 34 34 Raddy 30 29 30 Panchal 16 16 16

Talwar 15 15 15 Brahmin 12 11 12 Helava 12 12 12 Barkaer 10 9 10 Lambani 9 9 9

Bhajantri 8 8 8 Ediga 6 6 6 Uppara 5 5 5 Voddar 3 3 3 Kshatriya 2 2 2

Maratha 2 2 2 Dasar 1 1 Korawar

Muslim 45 42 3 45

Christian 3 2 3

Total 520 508 1 5 5 298 222 TABLES 71

·PIOlpsnoq lad N suosl~d pahordwa 00 hJ[n]Ulllll ]0 .l:xjwnN 8~~g~8 suoslad paholdlU~ ""':00000 t­ ,{llnJU~1l3 JO l

Ploqasnoq l~d sallllU llnpll lU~1 -llAlnba JO l:xjwnN**

• lllah Ullljl S~I s~lllwaJ pUll S~Il1:VII: SJllah !)-l S~llllU~] pUll salllW SJll~h

6-9 saIllw~j pUll salllW SJllah £1-0 I s;)llllUaj 00 pU"P. Sa[llW

o SJll;)h PI \C ;)AOqll S;)lllUl:ld N

SlE:lh PI ;)AOqll Sa[llW

Z ·[0;) } ul pauopuaw sPlot:( oc N -asnoq U! SJaqLUaw -N JO Jaqttmu IlllO.L

00 00 + TO! ·s"M M

001-9L ·s"M

...... QO '0 .~.... :I ,.Q.... .i ~ sp[oljasnoq N o 0- N on JO l:lqlUnu [lllo.L N 72 MAGADI

00 C".

·0 P-.o .0 • I/) 0::,..:"'0

.5 -o

00 o V'l

'0 0..0 . .0 O::N"'\I;>

'- o

t­ V) .0 00 N

":"0 0)- 0 0. ,.c 0) II) I': CJ> o ;::l {) 0 .S ,.c

8 N TABLES 73

\0 ·OOO~t-O\ I- ''<1''<1''<1'00'<1' 0;- ''9~~'9~ VI ·ooooovoo ,..-, N'OO'-'C\O N Oob~r!-M M 1-<'"1 N N'ON

oc oe-

('1tr)OOMOOV)~t­ 00 ·~Mlrltr) ..... >J:)-O-I,f')t""l-'V. I I I I I I I I M '-:~~~cr ~ :~~~;;;:~ V)~--o-..-O­ ~ -Ct--M \C OO...oOCN ('1 ....., N-

,"'0'<1'0 '~~o;9 ocr---r-N

... ° <"l

Mr<""jO'V-O'I .\0 M-M>DMM o 'Mtnlr) 0'00001-0'- '<'"1 t""I"'::i"OO\O("f")OO tn .~~~ NMO~.JO 0 00 oo"'!'o 0 N 00--

00 ....

00 .V) ·0000 C( ·No ''''-1110'\,Jo-!.

I""

00 t-t'1t-tnO'-oo0 o ·("IjO'\O~_ I r<"".N'V- g...

V)-O\-->J:)f"\O ~I-NN'<1'<'"1N'<1' N . t- O'U'fj M 00 t--NMt-("I')Of-. OOONNOO~OM ~ '9~r-;-r-;-~ ~_!.OONOOO v)ooo..!ooo M 0«)0000

"0'"

\.Q 0 "r.IC'f') 0' ~ - 0' If) 'O'.M\ONN -OONM\.OV)MN I I I I I I I I ~ .~tt;"l"7~'1 Q'\"d"----O("f". r""'. O\O\OMN j N _«) -=< 74 MAGADI

. -.::t 00 ...... ''1~~ 0'1t-_ 0'1 on -;:;

Or-.O('f')OOtr) .r<') ~8~~i2~~ on-OOOON ·00 OOOO~NM t!..J...!ON..! 0 -- M .....

'-OI1>Vl' "''1:1 ';::l- 000 o ZJ:_'c N

,..,'MOMOO..-NCOr-. • V) ~O'INooO'lonooON S~8 :~~~ ~j .~ .-·00 I I I I I I I I ";00<'"100-0000 ~J,o cON V) 0 N 0:::-

00 o t-

0'I0'1t- '"<1" '"& ~~,~~~~~ r-. 0\,...... • "9'" 00 tiOO.-.-OMO ..!..oo 0::: "

....

1'10'000<'"10'100"<1" ,"&Non'OO'Ioo\O -OO~V)_M\oM 00 "<1"0'1 0'1 "

""·O ...... --MMNt­ N 0'100 <'"1'00 <'"10'1 o '00 ...... r-OMM"d"M,_.O Irl'!"'""lMV"o:::j"V)_':V) '"& '0 I I I • I I , I l;: , I I I I I I I o3" 0::: ....

r-OMo\MI...OV ONO'IO'It--D"

....\Q TABLE 75

._ , o~..; • ;:l~ z:c:..<::000

....M

MOOOOOlr)OO....,r­ • 00 OOOOON~NO ~ ·0 .J.N..!....!-.b..!.OO o 2> N

.....o

",OOOO\MNNO ·0 """'Or-Or"":l-N\o 'r;- ~.JO..!.~...!OO

00 ... j ... o * ·0 ~~~;:::;8;;; :~ .",, ~NOC.J.O 0

\OO'r-Mr-ONN ~ -\.000000000 t'--trlM(]\'o::tf""'l'o::t 00 ''''1"OO''l.'V- g v)~~Nr---:;:O_; r!. O"';~oON <:5 - N ...o

NOt-OOOM",,"M O\~tr')V')tr)O\->.O I I I I I I I I ~ :~~~~~ \O---10("f')-OO (V") ONr-rr:.o--..

\"'<') ·OONOOO\('.1 'If ',,?~'9"7'-1' Ot-\oNN N-!"') 76 MAGADI

TABLE XXll

Households and Development Activities

Secured

Land Improvement Total No. of Measures like Improved Method Households Better Reclamation of cultivation by Chemical Better implements Use of Soil conservation Japanese Method Fertilisers seeds (1ron Plough) pesticides consolidation of Paddy cultivation used.

2 3 4 5 6 7

NIL

TABLE XXTll

Indebtedness by Income Group

Total No. No. of Amount Percentage Average indebtedness of households of per household in debt Income group households indebted Rs. P. Col. 3 to Col. 2 Rs. P.

2 3 4 5 6

Rs. 25 and below 33 2 450.00 6.05 225.00 Rs. 26 to 50 102 28 5,156.00 27.45 184.00 Rs. 51 to 75 118 53 9,510.00 44.91 179.00 Rs. 76 to 100 70 42 13,663.00 60.00 325.00 Rs. 101 and above 199 127 94,261.00 63.82 742.00

Total 522 252 1,23,040.00 48.27 488.00

TABLE XXIII-A

Indebtedness by Causes

Amount No. of Proportion of debt in families due to cause to the Cause debt in debt total amount of debt Remarks

2 3 4 5 a. Purchase of land 6,190 6 5.03 b. House construction, repairs to existing buildings 5,050 6 4.10 c. Marriage 5,680 7 4.62 d. Agriculture current expenses 83,985 173 68.26 e. Livestock purchase 160 1 0.13 f To clear out standing debts 600 2 0.49 g . . Sickness 1,200 2 0.97 fr. Ordinary wants 20,175 73 16.40

Total 1,23,040 270 100.00 TABLES 77

TABLE XXITl-B

Sources of Credit

Cultivators having lands Non-Cultivators 3 Acres and less 3 to 10 acres 10 and above

Amount Amount Amount Amount Amount Amount Amount Amount Sources borrowed outstanding borrowed outstanding borrowed outstanding borrowed outstanding

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Large Scale Co-operative Society 3,060 3,060 11,458 11,458 63,774 62,574 4,420 3,420 Service Co-operative Society 510 510 2,938 2,938 9,670 9,670 1,410 1,410 Sang!i Bank 6,000 6,000 Reddy Bank 2,000 2,000 'Others' (Friends and Relatives) 550 550 2,100 2,100 19,390 16,890 460 460

Total 4,120 4,120 16,496 16,496 1,00,834 97,134 6,290 5,290

TABLE XXIV

Agricultural Produce of Cultivation Run by the Households and their disposal

Year 1961-1962

Quantity for Paid Paid Reserved Balance No. of Total domestic Quantity as as for left Name of Crap Unit households production consumption sold rent interest seed over

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 ]0

Graundnuts Bags 290 12,831 10,730 2,101 Jowar 257 3,034 2,128 903 1.~- It Wheat 133 695t 411} 251 33 Cotton Mds. 126 5,715 5,715 Horse gram Bags 24 57* 52i 5 Navane 19 30 14i 15~ a 69, Paddy 6 6,1 4 White Jowar 20 68 52 16 Thogari Gram 18 35 18 17 Ground nut kant 12 220 215 5 Ellu 3 9t 9i 69, 5]1 Ragi 7 4 4, 1 Onion 2 29 29 Chillies 1 2 2 Onions & Ganedh Chillies Rupees 1,200 78 MAGADI

If) '("')1.£)0 t- .,..., 0\ ·r-NO\ t- '0 oM -=Or.-)_ 00..- <"i <"i N ,...,

0\ ·_M- N_

f:'. N . Lrl. 000 . C .r;.....; tr) -.,r'C)

= N- .~...... ~ "'S U ";--""'0 o o O\V)O";- ~~8::::: 00 V) MV)oO~ oo....:q:<"i -.0 0\ 00 M N -

NV)

000 00 -0 00 00 0~ NoO

o '" ~ 00 ~ --.,r

...... o

] 0\ 8 :::l Z

00

o Mo

r:QU ~++ ~~

o• "0::: Z.s TABLES 79

.,., oc 0 • ID oro • 0 M • !"') 10 t- o-:>e 00 t- 00 • N t- • 10 ""': 0 • !"') 00 =Q>' NO "':'..,j-d 0 ~ ..,j- 00 0 0\00 ..-i ('r, .-; - N- Nor>"'1" N M !"') 00 ont- iii

10 N N M N ,- "'1" tf') =N

t- o '0 or> M ' or> or> 0- 0 §:; • or> 8 t- N ·N OC> 0 '.{) '" v-i v-i tr)r--.: ~ III-c -on "'1" N N- on t-

O N O !"') .,., 0 N 00 0\ N ..,j- N0'" "'"=i ~

N ID - .-; OC> 10

O or> or> 00 00 t- 00 t- :~ r-:N .-. -:>< - .... c :><

'N N ~ 00 :; ...:l 0 '0 ~

'0 M M N N M N "'" ....tf') 0 -d - I C3 c 0 Z "" U tZl ~ ~ U 2 ~ ~ 80 MAGADI

c t-­ Of) o

'"

N

C N 8 r:--: on

o

o c N 00 0, o \6 o ..,f

00 N

N N

o gM

t-- o C 00 Of)

N N N 00 TABLES 81

00 N N ~-

o 00 00

8 No N ~

,... o N if)

N

o o 00 o 00 N 8 V) 8 ,...o -i N II") II") N - '"

o 00 '"

00

00 00 "I" 8 M oci o N

N

o 00 o M '"- II") N N 00c!

N o 00 00 o - M 1 82 MAG A D I

TABLE XXVI

General

Number of Households

Member or Members of Member or Members of Member or Members of Total No. of Reading daily which work for social which take active part which have joined households newspaper uplift in politics Co-operative Societies.

2 4 4 5

522 144 14 269

TABLE

Caste / Tribe or Commlmity and Nature of Family

Total Types of families living in the households No. of Caste/Tribe or Community households Simple Intermediate Joint Others Remarks

2 3 4 5 6 7

HINDU- Lingayat 240 123 43 20 54 Kuruba 66 40 7 3 16 Harijan 34 14 7 4 9 Raddy 30 18 5 3 4 Panehal 16 9 3 3

Talwar 15 4 2 8 Brahmin 12 4 2 2 4 Helava 12 5 4 2 Barkeer 10 4 2 3 Lambani 9 8

Bhajantri 8 2 5 Ediga 6 1 2 2 Uppara 5 2 2 I Voddar 3 2 Kshatriya 2

Maratha 2 2 Sonagar 2 2 Dasar 1 Korawar

MUSLIM 45 29 6 2 8

CHRISTIAN 3 2

Total 522 269 85 43 125 TABLES 83

TABLE 2 Association of Deity and Object of Worship

Deity / Object of Worship

>, ~ ~ ..0 c: ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ,;: c: § ~ > ~ :;:: ~ ~ > ..c: 0 ~ ~ ';:> ~ :;:: 2 en on 0 rn ;> 2 ..c:"" ~ ~ 2 ~ ..0 fj .... ';: ~ "0 ,:: 2 ;> '- c: ';:: . - III > rn > 0 UJ'" Z Vi 0 iJ., :.:: 2: :.:: 0 0 III >'" 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 HINDU- Lingayat 4 8 189 19 2 7 4 Kuruba 20 4 41 Harijan 27 2 2 Raddy 1 Pilnchal 3 Talwar 4 10 Brahmin Helava 3 2 5 Barkeer 8 Lambani Bhajantri Ediga I Uppara 4 Voddar Kshatriya Maratha Dasar MUSLIM 44 CHRISTIAN Total 5 1 63 203 19 2 21 2 7 1 4 2 1 1 51 44 1 2 1

Deity / Object of Worship-concld,

~ >. ~ ~ B ,.-, 0. ~ ~ ..c: 0. ..c: ~ ~ ~ >. c: 0. ~ ..c: ~ ;> ~ "0 c E ~ ..c: iJ., ~ ~ ~ 2 til "0 ~ E 2 ~ ~ 2 c: '" ..0 E III rn ~ OJ -'" ';; 2 'iii Caste ::l .£'" til ..c: § E 2 .... :2 gb en -'" ... ~ ;a ;> ~ ';;: ,~ E c:: c: . oj ..c: '"oj 0 ~ "'3 ::l r:t. 2: > ~ ::r:: 0 :.:: > 0 z 0 rn ::E rn 0 ::r:: 0 ..., 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 HINDU- Lingayat Kuruba Harijan Raddy 27 Panchal 3 7 Talwar ' , Brahmin 3 2 3 2 Helava Barkeer Lambani 2 I 5 Bhajantri 5 Ediga 2 Uppara Voddar I

Kshatriya " 2 Maratha 2 Dasar MUSLIM CHRISTIAN 3 Total 2 33 2 3 1 3 10 1 3 7 1 1 1 7 2 1 1 3 1 3 84 MAG A D I

TABLE 3

Awareness of Untouchability Offences Act

No. of persons No. of aware of prohibition persons of untouchability Caste interviewed under law Remarks

2 3 4

All the households have been All the persons aware of prohibition interviewed of untouchability under law.

TABLE 4

Contravention of Marriage Rules

No. of marriages Frequencies of each type of contravention in contravention of Caste/Tribe Caste/Tribal law Type I Type II Type III Type IV Type V Type VI Remarks

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Marriages in contravention of caste rules have not taken place

TABLE 4-A

Permissibility of Intercaste Marriage

No. of persons who consider it is permissible to form marital ties with Remarks including running note Caste/Tribe Caste/Tribe Caste/Tribe Caste/Tribe on background of the persons No. of persons I II III IV giving affirmative reply (educated Caste/Tribe interviewed Name Name Name Name young men) Panchayat Member

2 3 4 5 6 7

All the Households have been Interviewed Intercaste marriages are not permissible among any of the caste in the village TAB L E S 85

TABLE 5

Awareness of Changes in Hindu Laws of Succession and Adoption

Number aware that there have Number aware that there have Number of persons been changes in Hindu been changes in Hindu Caste/Tribe/Community interviewed Succession Act Adoption Act Remarks

2 3 4 5

All the households No person is aware of recent changes in Hindu Law relating have been interviewed succession and adoption in the village.

TABLE 5 A

Inheritance of Property as in Practice

No. of Number indicating that relations of the following categories are entitled to inherit property in their respective persons caste/tribe Caste/Tribe/ inter- Community viewed Son Daughter Wife Mother Brother Sister's son Brother's son Others

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

All the 522 households in the village have returned that the prevailing practice is that only sons inherit the property.

TABLE 5-B

Share of Property for Different Categories of Relatives· - Sons

Number indicating that sons inherit property in the following manner

-d

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

All the 522 households in the village have returned that the prevailing practice is that the property inherited by Sons is shared equally among themselves. 86 MAGADI

TABLE 6

Reciprocal Aid in Agricultural Practices ------Number of households that Number of households that assist neighbours and take help of neighbours receive help at the time Number of households at tile time of sowing of cultivation in the Caste/Tribe/Community practising agriculture or harvesting shape of manual labour Remarks

.------~------~.------_ 2 3 4 5

------_--~------~------

NIL

------~------_-

TABLE 7

Livestock Statistics ------Cows in Cows in Adtdt females Working Other Adult Milk Dry not calved Bulls Bullocks males ---_._------_------_--- No. of Total No. of Total No. of Total No. of Total No. of Total No. of Total Community Hhs. No. No. No. Hhs. No. Hils. No. Hhs. No. Hhs. No. ------2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ------HlNDU- Lingayat 58 64 44 60 43 59 43 77 102 240

Kuruba 15 J7 7 8 8 9 8 II 25 58

Harijan 9 9 7 8 5 5 2 5 12

Raddy 7 8 10 12 6 8 5 8 18 51

Panchal 2 3 3 3 4 6 4 6

Talwar 5 5 2 2 2 3 5 10

Brahmin 2 2 2 4 3 4 10

Helava 2 2 2 4 lambani

Bhajantri 2

Barkecr 2 4 8

Ediga 2 3 2 2 4

Uppara 2

Kshatriya

Sonagar

MUSLIM 2 2 3 4 4 6 7 8 10 22

Total 103 113 83 107 74 97 74 124 178 421 1 1 TABLES 87

TABLE 7

Livestock Statistics-contd.

Young Stock Young Stock He-buffaloes She-buffaloes She-buffaloes Young Stock (Males) (Females) (Adult) in milk Dry (Buffaloes) ------No. of Total No. of Total No. of Total No. of Total No. of Total No. of Total Community Hhs. No. Hhs. No. Hhs. No. Hhs. No. Hhs. No. Hhs. No.

------~------~ ------14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 ------HINDU- Lingayat 4 5 3 4 51 54 32 41 30 36

Kurllba II 13 10 12 6 6

Harijan 2 2 3 3 2 2

Raddy 2 2 9 10 7 7 8 10

Panchal 4 4 3 3

Talwar 2 2

Brahmin

HeJava

Lambani

Bhajantri

13arkeer 3 3 3 3 2 2

Ediga

Uppara 3 3 2 2

Kshatriya

Sonagar

MUSLIM 3 3 2 2

Total 4 5 5 6 3 3 !IS 91 66 77 53 61 88 MAGADI

TABLE 7

Livestock Statistics-concld.

Horses, ponies Sheep Goats and mules Cocks Hens Chicken

No. of Total No. of Total No. of Total No. of Total No. of Total No. of Total Community Hhs. No. Hhs. No. Hhs. No. Hhs. No. Hhs. No. Hhs. No.

26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37

HINDU- Lingayat 4 II

Kuruba 30

Harijan 13 34 13 34

Raddy

Panchala

Talwar 3 10 2 5

Brahmin

Helava 3 3

Lambani 2 3 20

Bhajantri

Barkeer

Ediga

Uppara

Ksha1riya

Sonagar 5

MUSLIM 30 9 40 7 3 t

Total 1 30 31 124 1 1 4 11 26 74 4 21 TABLES 89

TABLE 8

Village Industries and Products

Number of households engaged in Household IndustlY ( Caste wise)

,; ,_ » ..: ~» ~ .... c: C «i E OIl ..-, ..c: gh '" ~ OIl OJ Vi .... c: ..t:: '".... ·2'" '" c: ::l .5 0'" 0'" ro ..c: ;0 ...J ::£ 1J:l :L'" ::c: ~ >Il Q. ~ Name of Industry Name of products '"

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Tailoring Garments 4

Goldsmithy Ornaments 3 2

Carpentry and Tailoring Furniture and Garments

Pottery Earthen Vessels

Mat weaving Mats

Oil Gana Oil

Soda factory Aerated water

Leather works Manufacturing and repairing of shoes and chappals 3 :I

Basket making Baskets 4 4

Carpentry and Blacksmithy Furnitures and agricultural Imple- ments 3 3

Ca )pentry Manufacturing of Agricultural [111- plements -:J 3

Carpentry and Goldsmithy Furnitures and Ornaments

Black smithy Manufacturing of Agricultural [m- plements 2 2

Total 28 3 1 2 2 3 4 1 11 1

TABLE 9 Land Reclamation and Development Activity

------.------~--. Land reclamation Soil Conservation

Caste No. of Households Acreage No. of Households Acreage Remarks

2 3 4 5 6

- N[L - 90 MAGADI

TABLE 10

Co-operative Society

.---~--~----~-~---.---~--~--~~~-- Names of the Castes

.;: ~ cO c: cO >-. ..0 >-. .... iu Cil ,; C ,; .S .~....., ..c:; 0:1 'E <' OIl .... -0 .!?!l ..c: 0. ro . Cd' c ;:l ro "" 1 ~'" C ro 0. ., ..c:; Name of the Co-operative Society ~ ro <' ;::r:: t:Q 2 j 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II J2 13 14

--~~ Large Scale Co-operative Society 116 34 12 13 II 6 10 8 3 3

Service Co-operative Society 20 7 2 9 3

Magadi Co-operative Society 3

Teachers Co-operative Society 4

Total 143 41 14 13 21 7 10 11 3 4 2 1

TABLE 11

Habit of Taking Sugar as Cordated to Income

--~------Number of households taking sugar with Number of households not taking sugar with monthly income of monthly income of

Above Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.25 Above Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. RS.25 Caste/Tribe/Community Rs.I50 101-150 76-100 51-75 26-50 or less Rs. 150 101-150 76-100 51-75 26-50 or less

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 It 12 13

HINDU- Lingayat 70 29 27 25 18 4 12 3 10 17 19 6 Kur~lba 9 4 4 6 11 3 5 1 5 13 3 2 Harijan J 3 4 1 4 12 7 Raddy 12 5 3 3 2 Panehal I 4 3 2 2 Talwar 3 2 3 3 Brahmin 5 3 2 2 Helava 3 4 3 Barkeer 3 3 2 Lambani 2 7 Bhajantri 3 2 Ediga Uppara 2 Voddar Kshatriya Maratha 6 Sonagar Dasar Korawar MUSLIM 3 2 4 6 7 2 2 9 5 4 CHRISTIAN 2

Total 107 53 47 60 52 10 25 14 23 58 50 2:.'1 TABLES 91

TABLE II-A

Habit of taking Tea / Coffee as Corelated to Income

Numbel- of households taking Tea/Coffee with Number of households not taking Tea/Coffee with monthly income of monthly income of

Above Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. RS.25 Above Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs. Rs.25 Caste/Tribe/ComlllLlllity Rs. 150 101-150 76-100 51-75 26-50 or less Rs.1S0 101-150 76-100 51-75 26-50 or less

----- .---.--.------.------~------2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13

------~-.----.----.------HINDU- Lingayat 74 24 29 30 22 4 8 8 8 12 15 6 Kuruba 10 3 4 14 7 4 2 5 5 7 5 Harijan 1 2 4 13 9 2 2 Raddy 11 5 4 3 I 2 Panehal 1 [ 4 4 J Talwar 4 4 1 2 2 Brahmin 5 2 2 Helava 3 2 2- Barkeer 3 3 Lambani I 6 Bhajantri 2 2 2 Ediga 2 Uppara 2. Voddar Kshatriya Maratha Sonagar Dasar Korawar MUSLIM 3 3 6 8 6 2 7 6 3 CHRISTIAN 2 ------Total 115 52 57 85 61 13 17 15 13 33 41 20

TABLE 12

Material Culture - Possession of Furniture

Number of households possessing

Caste/Tribe/Community Cot Arm Chair Chair Table Desk Bench

--~----- 2 3 4 5 6 7

HINDU- Lingayat I 7 2 Raddy 2 4 1 Brahmin 2 6 5 Panehal Maratha Voddar

Total 5 1 19 10 1 1 92 ~1AGADI

TABLE 12-A

:Material Culture - Possession of Consumer Goods

Number of households possessing

Petromax Batter) Kerosene Radio Motor Caste/Tribe/Community Timepiece or Hazak torch light stove Bicycle set Watch Clock Camera Cycle

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

HINDU- Lingayat 3 15 14 7 8 3 17

Kuruba

Harijan

Raddy 2 2 5 2 2 3

Panchal 3 3 2 2 2

Talwar 2

Brahmin 2 5 6 2 4

Helava

Barkeer

Lambani

Bhajantri

Ediga

Uppara

Voddar

Kshatriya

Maratha

Sonagar

Dasar

Korawar

MUSLIM

CHRISTIAN 2

Total 7 23 30 20 18 4 31 1 1 1 TABLES 93

TABLE 12-B

Material Culture - Habits

Number of households that use Mosquito curtain Number of households that do not use Mosquito having monthly income of curtain having monthly income of

Rupees 150 Rupees Rupees Rupees Rupees 150 Rupees Rupees Rupees 50 Community and above 101 to 150 51 to 100 50 or less and abo"e 101 to 150 51 to 100 or less

------~------~~--~------2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

HINDU- Lingayat 4 2 78 31 77 47

Kuruba 14 5 28 19

Raddy 12 6 8 3

Brahmin 5 3 4

Panchal 2 8 5

Helava 4 4 4

Bhajantri 2 5

Uppara 3

Ediga 3

Talwar 4 4 3 4

Lambani 2 7

Barkeer 3 3 3 1

Kshatriya

Maratha

Sonagar

Dasar

Voddar 2

Korawar

Harijan 2 19 12

MUSLIM 5 3 21 16

CHRISTIAN 2

Total 6 1 2 126 66 186 135 94 MAGADI

TABLE 12-B

Material Cultural- Habits-contd.

Number of households that use Toilet soap/Washing Number of households that do not use Toilet soap/ soap having monthly income of ''.'"sting soap having monthly income of

Rupees 150 Rupees Rupees Rupees 50 Rupees 150 Rupees Rupees Rupees 50 Communit) and above 101 to 150 51 to 100 or less and above 101 to 150 51 to 100 or less

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

HINDU- Lingayat 38 8 8 2 44 24 71 45

Kuruba 6 8 5 28 19

Raddy 11 2 2 4 8 3

Brahmin 4 2 2 2

Panehal 2 8 3

Helava 3 4 4

Bhajantri 4

Uppara 3

Ediga 3

Talwar 2 3 2 3 4

Lambani 2 7

Barkeer 2 3 3

Kshatriya

Maratha

Sonagar

Dasar

Voddar 2

Korawar

Harijan 2 19 12

MUSLIM 4 3 21 16

CHRISTIAN 2

Total 66 18 14 7 66 49 174 128 TABLES 95

TABLE 12-B

Material Culture - Habits-cone/d.

Number of households that send clothes to washerman Number of households that to not send clothes to having monthly income of washerman having monthly income of

Rupees 150 Rupees Rupees Rupees 50 Rupees 150 Rupees Rupees Rupees 50 Community and above 101 to 150 51 to 100 or less and above 101 to 150 51 to 100 or less

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

HINDU- Lingayat 64 15 23 3 18 17 56 44

Kuruba 4 10 5 27 19

Raddy 2 4 3 11 2 5 3

Brahmin 2 3 2 3

Panchal 7 4

Helava 3 4 4

Bhajantri 5

Uppara 3

Ediga 3

Talwar 2 4 3 3

Lambani 2 7

Barkeer 2 3 3

Kshatriya

Maratha

Sonagar

Dasar

Voddar 2

Korawar

Harijan 2 19 12

MUSLIM 5 3 21 16

CHRISTIAN 2

Total 76 24 33 10 56 43 155 125 96 MAGADI

TABLE 13

House Type - Roof

Number of Number of Households with Number of Households with No. of Households Number of Number of Mud Roof and Households with Eachalagari Roof with Mangalore Households with Caste/Tribe/Community Households Wood Roof Tagadu Roof Bamboo Roof Tile Roof R.C.C. Roof

2 3 4 5 6 7

HINDU- Lingayat 240 238

Kuruba 66 66

Harijan 34 30 4

Raddy 30 30

Panehal 16 16

Talwar 15 15

Brahmin 12 11

. Helava 12 9 2

Barkeer 10 10

Lambani 9 9

Bhajantri 8 6 2

Ediga 6 6

Uppara 5 5

Voddar 3 2

Kshatriya 2 2

Maratha 2 2

Sonagar 2 2

Dasar

Korawar

MUSLIM 45 43 1

CHRISTIAN 3 2

Total 522 494 4 20 2 1. .---- TABLES 97

TABLE 13-A

House Type - Wall

Number of Households with

Caste/Tribe No. of Mud Bamboo Stone Stone and Eachal gari & Stone and Briek Straw grass Community Households Wall Wall Wall Morter Bamboo wall Mud wall Wall Wall

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

HINDU- Lingayat 240 229 6 2 2

Kuruba 66 61 2 3

Harijan 34 31 2

Raddy 30 27 3

Panehal 16 16

Talwar 15 15

Brahmin 12 11

Helava 12 11

Barkeer 10 10

Lambani 9 9

Bhajantri 8 (; 2

Ediga 6 6

Uppara 5 5

Voddar 3 2

Kshatriya 2 2

Maratha 2 2

Sonagar 2 2

Dasar

Korawar

MUSLIM 45 44

CHRISTIAN 3 2

Total 522 481 7 12 5 12 2 2 1 98 MAG A D I

APPENDIX I

History one occasion, but his en:nity was not so dangerous as the "in die tive feeling which des-. ended to hi~ son Bajirav, the last of the Sangli forms part of the states belonging to the Patvardhan Peshwas, which nearly occasioned the ruin of the Patvardhan family. The founder of this family was one Har or Hari Bh"tt family, as will be seen further on. Besides taking a prominmt bin Ballam Bhatt, a native of the village of Katavda in the Konk:lO. part in the internal politics of the during This man, after distinguishing himself by a long series of de­ Madhavrav's reign, the Patvardhans were actively employed in votional austerities, was appointed Upadhya or family priest to all the campaigns against Haider Ali and in the war with Janoji Haro Mahadev, chief of in the . On Bhomsla of Berar. Before the death of Madhavrav the grant of the occasion of the marriage of this chief's son to the daughter of the saranjam was renewed to the family in 1774, the title deeds Balaji Yishvanath the first Peshwa, in 1722, Har Bhatt was being made out in the names of Yartlllnrav the brother of Gopalrav, brought to the notice of the Peshwa, and his sons Govind and and his cousins Parashuram Ramchandra and Raghunathrav Ramachandra were ere long taken into the service of the latter. Nilkanth. Though the family was not as yet divided, these chief's A third son Trimbak obtained service with the of Akalkot. resided severally at Miraj, Tasgaon, and Kurundvad, and may After the death of Balaji Pant Peshwa Har Bhatt's family continued be said to represent separate branches. In addition to the to enjoy the favour of his successors, and Govindrav with his saranjaam Madhavrav bestowed on the Patvardhana during his son GopaJrav took an active part in the events of BaJaji Bajirav's lifetime the districts of and Manoli, but they never held reign. After a successful campaign against the Nawab of these districts for any length of time continuously. in which he distinguished himself, he received from the Nawab After the death of Madhavrav Peshwa and the murder of a grant in inam of the fort of Dodvad, with the land assigned his brother and successor Narayanrav, the Patvardhans fullowed for its support, which form part of the present possessions of the the standard of Raghunathrav until it became known that the Patvardhan family. It was in the reign of the Peshwa Madhavrav widow of the murdered Peshwa was in a condi tion that gave hopes Ballal, however, that the fortunes of the Patvardhans reached of an heir to the gadi. The celebrated Nana Pad navis then their zenith. In 1961 the fort of Miraj with some thanas and formed a council of regency, governing in the name of the widow, customs duties were assigned to Govindrav for the maintenance but the Pathvardhans did not openly take part against Raghunath­ of troops.! [n 1763-64 saranjami lands of the annual rental of ray till the birth of Madhavrav Narayan put him in the position upwards of £250,000 (Rs. 25 lakhs) were assigned to him in associ­ of an usurper. They then openly espoused the cause of the ation with his nephews Parashuram Ramachandra and Nilkanth infant Peshwa, but they soon had to leave Poona for their own Trimbak Patvardhan for the mainten'lnce of 8,000 horse. The territory to aid in repelling invasions made by the Nizam and saraniam was composed of a number of districts situated in different Haider Ali from different quarters. pa_ts of the country between the 15th and 18th parallels of north latitude, some lying to the north of Pandharpur and others being Even before the death of their great patron Madhavrav so far south as to the watered hy the Tungabhadra. The most Ballal the Patvardhans had been engaged in constant hostilities compact portion of the saranjam, as well as the richest, was that with the Raja of Kolhapur, as has been related in the historical in the neighbourhood of Miraj and adjoining the eastern frontier sketch of that State, and these hostilities were now carried on of Kolhapur. The headquarters of saranjamdara were here, and with great vigour, as the Raja had entered into alliance with the intention of the Peshwa evidently was to hold the Raja of Raghunathrav in conjunction with Haider Ali of Maisur, who Kolhapur in check by the establishment of such a powerful advanced with the declared intention of taking possession of the saranjam in his immediate vieinity. A considerable part of the whole country south of the Krishna, The Patvardhans therefore Patvardhan's possessions being near the Maisur frontier the duty took no part in the Wilr with the English which broke out at this devolved on them of watching Haidar Ali also and bearing the time, as they were fully occupied with their hostilities against first brunt of his attacks when he and his son chose to invade the Kolhapur and with resisting the invasion from Maisur. In the Maratha territory. latter operations they were not very successful as they incurred more than one severe defeat, and Pandurangrav, the grandfather of the present Chief of Sangli, was wounded and taken as a Gratitude to their benefactor Madhavrav led the Patvardhans prisoner to Seringapatam, where he died. to aid that prince actively in his struggle for power with his ambi­ tious uncle and guardian Raghunathrav, generally known as The leadership of the Patvardhana then devolved on Parashu­ Raghoba Dada. Whenever the latter gained the upper hand he ram Bhau. After some rather unsuccessful operations against showed his resetnment, as by the attack and capture of Miraj on Haider Ali, a temporary truce, it would appear, left Parashuram

I. The fort of Miraj was probably built by the Bahmani kings. The first mention of it in Farishts occurs in the account of the revolt of Bahadur Gilani (A.D. 1493), which has been referred to in the historical sketch of Kolhapur. The fort and district appear to have been at that time in the possession of a Hindu landholder Pota Eaig (Briggs' Ferishts, III. 346). On the fall of the Bahmani dynasty Miraj passed into the hands of the Kings of Bijapur. Ali Adi! Shah was kept there under surveillance during the latter years of the reign of Ibrahim AdiJ Shah his father, and on the death of the latter made the place a point d'appui in the operations undertaken to secure the throne. The garrison took part afterwards in the revolt of Ismail against Ibrahim Adil Shah II (Ferishta III. 180). When commenced the operations which resulted in the establishment of the Maratba empire, Miraj formed part of the Jagir of Rustam Khan, a Bijapur official, who is believed to have betrayed his trust. A Persian inscription on the mosque or dargah at Miraj records that it was built in A. D. 1413 and renovated 280 years afterwards. A simii.r inscription records that one of the large gateway bastions was named after Sikandar Jallal Khan. This was the grandson of Alla-ud-din Bahmini I, the son of bis daughter who was married to Jalla_! Khan Rukhari. Sikandar revolted against his uncle Humayun Shah and was killed at Navalgund in A.D. 1468. APPENDIX 99

Bhau at liberty to return to his own capital, and carryon the conceived the idea of getting Bcjirav's brother Chimnaji Appa war with the Kolhapur Raja, from whom he took akivat, , adopted by Narayanrav's widow and invested as Peshwa, and in and Bhudargad. A treaty was then concluded with the Raja, pursuance of this plot had him seized and invested against his will. and the Patvardhan chief was thus enabled to proceed to Poona, The two chief conspirators however had for some time past been where he arrived in time to playa very distinguished part in the suspicious of one another, and just at this juncture Nana fled to war with the English, which followed the repudiation of the the Konkanunder the apprehension that Parashuram Phau was convention of Vadgaon in 1779. The success of the operations about to make him a prisoner. An open rupture then took place. against General Goddard, by which that officer was compelled Nana made overtures to Bajirav and incited the Raja of Kolhapur to retrest from Khandala to Bombay with heavy loss, was attri­ to attack Parashuram Bhau's Jagir, while Parasuram gave up butable in a grent measure to Parashuram Bhau's skill and Nana's Jagir to Sindia and appropriated his houses at Poona. exertions. The long series of intrigues finally ended in the apprehension of both by Sindhia. The Patvardhan Chief was next employed against Tipu of Maisur, who attempted to reduce the fort of . By Parashuram Bhau, however, was not long kept in confine­ specious promises the latter induced the Marathas to retire, and ment, as a general was wanted to oppose the Raja of who as soon as they were out of the way seized Nargund and . had levied forces and was assuming independence. The These aets brought on a war which lasted for about a year. Peaee Patavardhan offered his services, which were accepted. He was then concluded, but very soon the conduct of the Maisur soon defeated the Raja, but on the completion of this duty was prince caused the formidable combination of the English. the much too wary to disband his troops. He then offered to head Nizam. and the Marathas, who in 1790 commenced opera lIOns the contingent intended to co-operate with the English in the against him. Parashuram Bhau was appointed to command the new war with Tipu that broke out in 1799. Owing however to Marathas forces on this occasion. In conjunction with a British the duplicity of Bajirav the prorrised aid was never given to the detachment under Captain Little he besieged Dharwar for seven British, and part of the force intended to co-operate with them months, aftel which the place capitulated. He than took the was turned against the Raja of Kolhapur who had been actively fort of Kushgal and after waiting to realise the revenue of the employed for some time in recovering the places that had been district joined the other Maratha commander Hari Pant, and taken from him by the Patvardhans, and in overrunning and moved towards Seringapatam, which was besieged by Lord pillaging Parashuram Bhau's iagir, in the course of which oper­ Cornwallis. Before they arrived, however, the British were ations the latter's palace at Tasgaon was burnt to the ground. compelled by want of provisions to raise the siege temporarily. Incensed at these losses Parashuram Bhau without waiting for Parashuram, Bhau was then detached from the main army, with reinforcements, hurried on operations against the Raja who was Captain Little, to keep open the communications with the north. aided by Chitursing brother of the Raja of Satara. His eagerness He preferred, however, to utilise hi~ time and means by taking and resentment were such that he kept the field during the rainy possession of the district of Bednar, and this occupation delayed season. In September he encountered the Kolhapur troops him so long that, though repentedly summoned by Lord Cornwallis, under the Raja of the village of , where he was defeated who had resumed the siege, he only arrived at Seringapatam just and mortally wounded. It was reported at the time that as the as the armistice which preceded the treaty with Tipu had been wounded chief lay on the ground Vishvasrav, brother of the arranged. notorious Sarjerav Ghatge, took him up on his horse and carried him to the Raja, by whose orders he was cut to pieces. This On his return to Tasgaon Parashuram occupied himself with stOlY, however, has always been denied at Kolhapur, and those a war with Kolhapur. In the course of this his son was defeated who have had the best means of getting information have considered and taken prisoner. Though the latter was treated kindly and it to be untrue. at once released, the Patvardhan, incensed at the repulse, renewed hostilities with such vigour that the town of Kolhapur only was Ramachandrarav Appa Saheb, eldest son of the deceased saved fwm capture by the submission of the Raja who agreed to chief, fled after the battle to Poona to implore the aid of the pay £30,000 (Rs. 3 lakhs) and to give hostages for the payment Peshwa. This was readily granted, and considerable force con­ of the amount. Not 10ng after this war was declared against sisting of the Vinchurkar's and the Pratinidhi's croops and five Nizam Ali, and Parashuram Bhau commended the Malatha army of Sindhia's regular battalions under European officers were on the last occasion when all the chiefs of that nation assembled despatched to Kolhapur. The force met with a slight check at under the Peshwa's standard. In the battle of Kharda he had Shirol, but was reinforced and advanced to the capital. The a narrow escape of his life, but was saved by the bravery of his Raja was there defeated and obliged to fly to Panchala, and the son to win a decisive victory. siege of the town was begun.! The seige was reaised in conse­ quence of an intrigue at Poona. On the death of Nana Fadnavis, In 1795, the Peshwa Madhavrav committed suicide. As the which took place during the sege, the Peshwa arranged with heir to the gadi was Bajirav, the son of the Raghunathrav whom Sindhia that the latter should attack and possess himself of the Nana Fadnavis and the Patvardhans had always opposed and late Parashuram Bhau's territory. The besieging force then whose schemes they had been the main instruments of defeating, broke up, Sindia's battalions marching on Tasgaon and Appa they resolved to prevent his succession by getting the widow of the Saheb fiying to the Karnatak Jeaving his Jagir to be overrun and deceased prince to adopt a son. Bajirav, however, heard of this devastated. and secured the services of Daulatr;1v Sindia. The result of this stop was that his opponents thought it advisable to come to Orders were then sent from Poona to the Peshwa's Sar terms with him and accept him as Peshwa. A series of plots and Subhedar in the Kamatak, Dhondo Pant Gokhle, to sequestrate counterplots ensued. Parashuram Bhau and Nana Fadnavis , the Patvardhan's territory in that province. As the Sar Subhedar

t. For detaiis of the siege see above Kolhapur History, page 234. 100 MAG A D[

was engaged in hostilities at the time with Dhundia Vagh, a complaint the Patvardhans had on their part given to the Peshw?, freebooter who had escaped from Saringapatam, and was now and to show how matters might be settled s~tisfactorily. plundering the country at the head of a considerable force, he kept the order secret, and thus got the Patvardhans to co-opef'lte The proposed settlement, however, fell through for the time with him. When he was killed shortly afterwards in an engage­ in consequence of the unwillingness of both the parties concerned ment with Dhundia he was accompanied by Chintamanrav (the to avail themselves of the means thus offered to them of puttil'g son of the Pandurangrav whose death at Seringapatam has been matters on a satisfactory footing. Bajlrav onl)' wanted to ruin noted above), who was wounded on the occasion. After Gokhale's the Patvardhans and displayed his characteristic duplicity, while death Chintamanrav joined Colonel Wellesley (afterwards the they, on the other hand, distrusted him and had an exaggerated Duke of Wellington) who had been sent to put down Dhundia, notion of their own power. The British Government, therefore, and the two sons of Parasthuram Bhau shortly afterwards joined withdraw its mediation and left the Peshwa and the Jagirdars to the British forces. The Patvardhans tried to get the English settle matters between them as they best could. The latter conse­ general to join them in an attack on Kolhapur, but he declined to quently assumed a semi-independent position, and only attended do so, and managed to keep the peace between his allies. The to the requisitions of the Poona government when it suited them result of the combined operations was that Dhundia, on the 10th to do so. Chintamanrav even harboured freebooters pursued by September 1800, was defeated and killed at Kona~l. At the Bajirav's troops, and actually attacked the Peshwa's districts. suggestion of the British Resident at Poona the order for the The ll'tter, in the meantime, consolidated his position by Cl ushing Sequestration of the Patvardhans' districts in the Karnatak was a number of minor Jagirdaras and watched his opportunity for rescinded. and Colonel Wellesley handed over the districts released dealing similarly with the Patvardhans. from the grasp of Dhundia to the sons of Pharashuram Bhau. The duplicity of Bajirav's conduct, however, at this time was A struggle was thus impending between these Jagirdars and such that the Patvardhans seriously entertained the notion of their sovereign, which would have led to most serious consequences. entering the service of the Maisur prince, but the project was not Mr. Mountstuart Elphinstone, the Resident at Poona, perceived carried out. Just at this time Sindia was obliged to remove his this, and saw that if the war commenced it would probably spread troops from Tasgaon in consequence of the 'war with Holabr, and affect British interests. He therefore proposed to the Governor­ and the Patvardhans were then enabled to return to their homes. General in 1811 a scheme of mediation similar in most respects to that which General Welleslay had suggested. On this being At the end of 1802 the Peshwa, driven out of Poona by approved he submitted to the Peshwa a draft of the terms which Holkar, signed the treaty of Bassein and General Wellisley he thought should be offered, and having obtained his consent, marched from Seringapatam to restore him to his capital. The he proceeded to Pandharpur at the head of a force strong enough Patvardhans immediately joined him and begged him to obtain to crush opposition, and summoned the Patvardhans. After for them the good offices of the British Resident. He did his some delay and attempts at evasion the latter accepted the terms. best to reassure them, though the conduct of Bajirav, even at They thus bound themselves to give up all land and revenues this juncture, was such as to make them naturally most suspicious, which they had vsurped and were holding without authorisation; and they accompanied him to Poona. After the restoration of to serve the Peshwa according to the conditions on which they the Peshwa, General Wellesley brought the claims of the held their saranjam;to carryon no hostilities unless duly authorised Pat.mdans before him, and he promised to do justice. Appa to do so, and to submit their disputes to the Peshwa. On the SafJ.:r and Chintamanrav were induced to visit Bajirav and further other hand, the Peshwa agreed to take no notice of past offences prOlr.ises were made, but nothing was settled when the British and to revive no old claims, while the British Government ge'lcTalleft Poona to carryon the war against Sindia and the Raja guaranteed to the Jagirdars their lawful possessions so long as or ['erar. He had hoped that the Patvardans and other Maratha they served the Peshwa with fidelity. c:wfs would join him, but they met with no encouragement from t:,c Peshwa to do so, and, indeed, seem to have been secretly About this time several divisions of the saranjam took place dissuaded by him. among the members of the Patvardhan family which require notice. The first division was between Chintamanrav and his The econduct on this occasion nearly labid to the ruin of the uncle Gangadharrav. The latter, on the death of his brother family. At the close of the war, Bajirav, on the pretence of Pandurangrav, had been left guardian to his nephew, and, with rewarding those who had done good service and punishing those the proverbial policy of a paternal uncle under such circumstances, who had failed to render due assistance, determined to make had appropriated a considerable portion of his ward's property. over the lands of the Patvardhans to Bapu Gokhale. As the Chintamanrav in 1801 set to work to recover his possessions and latter felt himself unable to take over the saranjam without the acted with such vigour that Gangadharrav had to shut himself assistance of the English, he applied to General Wellesley. Without up in the fort of Miraj where he would have been besieged had deciding whether or not such aid would be given, which was for not the other members of the family interposed and persuaded the Governor-General's consideration, the British commanier the uncle and nephew to agree to an amicable division. This pointed out in forcible language the impolicy, the injustice, and arrangement was, in 1808, sanctioned by the Peshwa, who further even the ingratitude of the course the Peshwa wished to pursue exempted Gangadharrav from feudal allegiance to the senior towards the Patvardhans. In writing to the Governor-General branch of the family. It was arranged, too, that Gangadharrav he recapitulated all the arguments he had used, and suggested should have the fort of Miraj, £10,000 (Rs. 1 lakh) being assigned that the Peshwa's formal consent should be obtained to the British to Chintamanrav for building a fort at Sangli, which he made Government acting as arbitrator between him and the southern his head-quarters. The example thus set was followed by other Jagtrdars. This suggestion' was approved, and Mr. E. Strachery members of the family. The sons of Parashuram Bhau divided was appointed to conduct the enquiries and negotiate the proposed their father's estate into two portions, Jamkhandi being held by settlemen:,. Before leaving the Southern Maratha Country, the elder and Tasgaon by the younger brother. The Kurundvad General Wellesley took advantage of an interview he had with branch also divided, and the separate estates o( Eurundavad and Hari Parashuram at Tasgaon, to point out what just grounds of or Kagvad were thus formed. APPENDIX 101

The settlement of Pandharpur secured its main object, Jamkhandi and Chinchni were formed. In 1854 a division took the preservation of the peace of the country, by putting a stop place in the Kurundvad estate as the brothers and nephew of the to the disputes between the Peshwa and the patvardhans Chief insisted on a separation, whicb was allowed by Government. but the relations between the two parties contmued to be anything but cordial. The leading members of the family, however, As several holders of estates in this family had no heirs of were with Rajirav when the treaty of Poona was signed in 1817, their body the question of the right to adopt very soon came before and though Chintamanrav had been very violent in his opposition the Government. The principle was than enuniciated that in to this engagement, the Resident secured the interests of the such cases adoption was not a right but a favour, the granting or Patvardhans by a special article (number 10) in the treaty. This refusing of which lay with the paramount power, and Government article was most distasteful to Bajirav, and it was not till he had declared its intention of not granting this favour except under exhausted every form of remonstrance that he agreed to it special circumstances, such as for instance in the case of a Chief reluctantly. who had distinguished himself by his good administration or in other ways. Under this rule the following estates lapsed to Immediately after the attack on the Residency at Poona and Government, the holders having died without leaving male issue: the battle of Kirkee, in November 1817, Mr. Elphipstone sent Chinchni in 1836; a share in the Miraj. estate in 1842; ana her circular letters to the Jagirdars setting forth the causes of the war share in the same estate in 1845; Tasgaon in 1848, and Shedbal with the Peshwa, and advising the several chiefs to withdraw or Kagvad in 1857. Adoptions had been allowed in the two last their troops and stay quietly at home, in which event they would cases, but, as the adopted persons after holding the estates died be guaranteed against any loss of territory or dignity. The without male heirs of their body, further adoptions were not Patvardhans who had joined the Peshwa's standard after the battle allowed. Besides these instances adoptions have been sanctioned did not immediately respond to this inbitation, but some of them in the Sangii, Miraj, and Jamkhandi families. As tbe chiefs of sent vakils to the Resident. With a view to deprive them of any the Patvardhan family have all, except the younger chiefs of grounds for hostility against the British, Mr. Elphinstone instructed Kurundvad, received sanad from Lord Canning permitting them General (afterwards Sir Thomas) Munro 'to treat the country to adopt, there will be no further lapses in default of male heirs of immediately under the Peshwa and the Jagir of Gokhale as hostile, the body. and that of all the other Jagirdars as friendly.' General Munro was also entrusted with the task of making a settlement with the In 1848, the contingents furnished by the Patvardhans Jagirdars based on that of Pandharpur, and was authorised to Chiefs were done away with, and this service was commuted to offer considerable additions to the possessions of those who should an annual money payment. The sums paid to the British Govern­ come in within a specified period. The Patvardhans did not by ment on this account are £1255 16s. (Rs. 12,558) for , any means comply with the letter of the communication made to £641 4s. (Rs. 6412) for , £961 18s. (Rs. 9619) for them by the British authorities, but they, at a very early period Kurundvad, and £2084 (Rs. 20,840) for Jamkhandi. of the war, ceased to render any but a very nominal assistance to As a rule, the Patvardhan family have shown much loyalty the Peshwa, and most of them left his camp beforc long on one towards the British Government. During the insurrection pretext or another. in Kolhapur in 1844 Chintamanrav of Sangli rendered most General Munro having been obliged by ill health to leave cordial and effective aid to the authorities. Afterwards when the Southern Maratha Country before the completion of the task tried by the more severe test of the mutinies of 1857-58 the conduct assigned to him, Mr. Elphinstone himself negotiated with the of the Patvardhan Chiefs, with one exception, was such as to several chiefs and fixed the terms granted to them. These terms gain the thanks of Government. were similar for the most part to those agreed on at Pandharpur in 1811. but some additional clauses were inserted to secure the The following changes have taken place in the personnel of due administration of justice in the Jagirdar's territory and to the existing Patvardhan states since the subversion of the Peshwa's prevent criminals from the neighbouring British districts being dynasty and their engagements with the British Government. harboured there. The strength of the contingents to be supplied In SangJi Chintamanrav Appa Saheb died on the 15th July for service was considerably reduced and personal tainats or 1851 and was succeeded by his son Dhundirav Tattya Saheb, who attendants were granted to several members of the family. The was born in 1888. Before the birth of the latter another son of terms offered were gladly accepted by all except Chintamanrav Appa Saheb had died leaving a widow, who adopted a son. The of Sangli, who declined to serve lhe British Government, and was old Chief was very anxious that this adoption should be recognised allowed to code territory of the annual rental of£13,50oo by the British Government, and finally his request was acceded (Rs. 1,35,000) in commutation of service. The chiefs with whom to on the usual condition of nazarana being paid. When this treaties were thus made were Chintamanrav of Sangli, Ganpaavlr sanction was accorded, however, Chintamanrav was expecting of Miraj,l Ganpatrav of Tasgeon, Ganpatrav of Shedbal, Keshav­ issue by his wife; and consequently did not care enough about rav of Karundvad, and Gopalrav of Jamkhandi. the adoption to pay the nazarana. He made a will before his Very shortly after coming under the British Government decesse, fixing an allowance to his adoptive grandson Vinayakrav, the members of the Miraj branch of the Patvardhan family claime the succession to the State devolving, as above stated, on his on. a division. As their claim -was in accordance with precedent it In 1838, during the regime of the present Chief Bhundirav, the was admitted, and the Miraj portion of the saranjam was divided British Government, in consequence of abuses of administration into four separate estates. About the same time the Jamkhandi appointed an English officer as joint administrator, and thi~ portion of the saralljam was divided and the separate estates of arrangement still continues.

1. The treat~ was made. in his name as he was the head of the Miraj branch of the family, but as he was a minor at the time his estate was managed and all negotiation were earned on by hlS uncle Madhavrav. 102 MAGADI

After the division of the Miraj estate above narrated the his son Lakshmanrav Anna Saheb. Lakshmanrav died in Feb. headship of that branch of the family, the fort of Miraj, and the 1876 and was succeeded by his son Hariharrav. The latter died largest portion of the saranjam remained with Ganpatrav Tattya, soon in May 1877, leaving an infant son Lakshmanrav. During whose brother Moreshvarav lived with him. The lattc:r demanded the minority of the young Chief the State is being managed by a further division, which would have been affected but for the joint karbharis under Government supervision. death of Ganapatrav in 1833, on which event Moreshvarav withdrew his claim for a division, and was appointed guardian Keshavrav, the Cbief of Kurundvad, died in 1827, leaving to the two young sons of his deceased brother, Gangadharav and four sons named Raghunathrav, Hariharrav, Venayakrav, and Narayanrav, who were aged seven and five years respectively. Trimbakrav, all minors. The eldest was placed in charge of the He died in 1839, and the mangement of the minors' estate remained estate in 1837, and before long a division was claimed by the in the hands of two ministers, until Gangadharrav Pala Sahcb younger brothel s, which, after much correspondence, was finally assumed the administration in 1849. In recognition of the latter's sanctioned in 1854. The estate of Kurundvad was thus divided loyal conduct during the mutiny, he was allowed in 1859, to into two parts, the larger portion remaining with Raghunathrav adopt, having no heirs of his body, and on his death in 1861 was Dada Saheb, and the rest being assigned to Ganapatrav Bapu succeeded by his adopted son Ganapatrav Tattya Saheb. The Saheb (son of Hariharrav wbo bad died), Vinayakrav Appa young Chief being a minor, arrangements were made for his Saheb, and Trimbakrav Abba Saheb. The last named Chief education and for the management of his estate during his died in 1869 without male issue and it was decided that his share minority. He assumed the administration in 1871, and was of the estate should devolve to his brother Vinayakrav and his shortly afterwards appointed a member of the Legislative Council nephew Ganapatrav, the elder brother being excluded from the of Bombay. Ganpatrav Tattya Saheb died in November 1874. succession. Raghunathrav of the senior branch died in January His widow in June 1875 adopted with the sanction of Government 1875 and was succeeded by his son Chintamanrav. Gopalrav, the younger grandson of Vinayakrav Dhau Saheb of of Sangli, who received on his adoption the name of Gangadharav. Gopalrav, the Chief of Jamkhandi, died in 1810, having He was at the time in his tenth year. During the minoroty of the before his death adopted with tbe sanction of Government a boy Chief the State has been under tbe direct management of tbe then seven years of age, who received on adoption the name of Southern Maratha Agency. Ramchandarav Appa Saheb and who, after receiving some education, was invested with the administration of his estate in Tbe second share in the Miraj sarajam devolved, as above 1853. Ramchandrarav Appa Saheb still (1885) administers the stated, on Madhavrav, who died in 1859 and was succeeded by affairs of his estate.

APPENDIX II

History Shirhatti Desais became subject to the Nawab of Savanur. In Under the Bahmani kings (1347 - 1489) Shirhatti formed 1756 eleven sub-divisions including that of Laksr.meshvar were part of the Lakshmeshvar sub-division. Under the Bijapur given by the Nawab to the third Peshwa Balaji Bajirav (1740 -1761), kings (1489 - 1686) Lakshmeshvar formed part of the jagir of one From this year the Desais ceased to exercise magisterial powers. Syad Mausun Bokhari commonly called Ankushkhan. In 1607 They simply enjoyed the inam lands. In 1764 the Lakshmeshvar (1016 Fasli) the fifth descendant of the first Ankushkhan is said sub-division formed part of the saraJ1jam granted to Govind Hari to have given tbe deshgat of Lakshmeshvar including Shirhatti Patvardhan. In 1801 when the saranjam was divided the sub­ to one Khangavnda, the ancestor of the present Desai family division and the fort of Shirhatti came to the share of the Sangli of Shirhattil. At the fall of the Bijapur kingdom in 1686 the Chief Chintamanrav.

1. The tradition about the grant of the deshgat is as follows: The ancestors of the Desais of Shirhatti and Lakshmeshvar lived in Sagar and h,embhavi in the Nizam's territory. They belonged to the Klld-Vakkal caste and were converted to Ungayatism by the Lingayat saint Fakirsvami the fint. Avlingva. a lady of the Desai li,mily. accompanied by the Fakirsvami, left her native country with her two sons Bhimanna and Samanna and settled at Kadai in Gadag. While going on a pilgrimage to Shrishail Malikarjun, Avlingva with her younger son Sam anna and the fakirsvami is said to have lodged for the night in the house of the jagirdar Ankushkhan at Lakshmeshvar. At night p,nkllshkhan began to play chess with his wife. When the game was at its height, the oil in the lamp proved short and the light threatened to disappear. Ankushkhan called for oil. but was told that there Was none in the house. He i. then said to have observed that whoever should manage to make the light of the lamp last to the end of the llame. he would reward him even with his own jagir . . Avlingva, who had overheard this speech. then took her large "ot of clarified butter and supphed the lamp With 11. Ankushkhan contmued the game and when it was over Avhngva requested Ankushkhan to fulfil hiS promIse by surrendering the jagir to her in reward. Ankushkhan then saw the folly of his thoughtless promise, but it was too late. He however attached the following conditions to the grant, that AvIingva's son Somanna should assume the name of Khangavanda Desai, use the same seal as was hitherto nsed by Ankushkhan. tie a shelimani

bead round his neck, use a green flag and green dress, live in a house built after the Muhammadan fashion9 give alms to the poor every Thursd.ay in the dargas, and USe the Muhammadan language at his court. These conditions being agreed to, Ankushkhan made over the jagir to Avlingva and retired to Majlupur village about a mile east of Lakshmeshvar. Thefakirsvarni was also granted an inam on his agreeing to live after the Musalman fashion and this appears to be the probable origin of the mixed term fakirsvami. APPENDIX 103

APPENDIX I I I

Memorandum of terms granted by the Honourable East India Company to Chintamanrao Appa Patwardhan regarding the lands which he held from the Government of His Highness, the Peshwa for the payment of his personal allowance, etc., bearing date the Arabic year 1219 A. D. 1819

ARTICLE 1 of robberies, murders, arsons and other crimes. This Article is an essential condition of the pregnant agreement. You must In the Arabic year 1213, a s~ttlement was concluded, and therefore indispensably maintain the good order of your country. a letter and Memorandum on the part of the British Government was despatched from Pandharpur. In the third article of that ARTICLE 5 Memorandum it is written that you are to serve the Peshwa according to the ancient custom of the Maratha Empire, as it You will cOl1tinue all rights within your Jahagir, whether appears in your Tainat Jabha. With reference to that agreement belonging to the State or to individuals, all Dumala, Saranjam, it has now been settled that you shall serve with (450) horse one­ and loam village and lands, all Varshasans (or religious establish­ fourth of the contingent of troops, for the maintenance of which ments) (or assignments on the revenue) etc. and if in any particular you now hold lands; or that in lieu of such service you shall pay instance any interruption shall have been offered to a grant not to the Government in ready money, at the rate of Rs. 300/- a annulled by Government, such grant shall likewise be made good horse, the amount of the allowances of that number, or that you without hindrance to the proprietor. No complaints on this head shall relinquish an equivalent in land, whereupon you having are to be suffered to reach the Government. agreed to give up the amount of the allowances in land, you will ARTICLE now make over the said land to the Governm~nt according to a 6 separate schedule. If any offenders from your Jahagir lands shall come into ARTICLE 2 those of the Government, yo.u will represent the affair, and they shall, on enquiry, be deliveied uptc you; and should any offenders As 10<1g as you remain faithful and true to Government, against the Government, or criminals belonging to its territory, your lands shall be continued to you without interruption. This seek refuge in your country, they will be pursued by the Govern­ stipulation was contained in the 5th article of the terms of ment Officers; and you will afford every assistance in delivering Pandharpur and is hereby confirmed. A sanad to this effect, up such offenders. issued by the Most Noble the Governor General will be made ARTICLE 7 over to you. The British Government will maintain your rank and dignity ARTICLE 3 as it was maintained under his Highness the P(!shwa. It will atte<1d to any of your representations, and wiII decide equitably You shall on no account entertain troops for the purpose upon them; you shall in no respect suffer injury, but will of course of engaging in a contest with any person whatsoever. In the be supposed as far as it is just. event of any cause of dispute arising, you must not resort yourself to extreme measures, but must refer the question to Government ARTICLE 8 for consideration; it will then be impartially adjusted, and you Any villages, lands, or other possessions belonging to your must abide by the decision. This article corresponds with the Saranjam or Inam situated within the lands of Government shall fourth clause of the terms of Pandharpur, which is hereby con­ be continued without obstruction as they have heretofore been firmed. continued. ARTICLE 4 The above written eight articles are agreed to, 15th MIY 1819 corresponding to 19th Rajab. You will attend to the property of the ryots of your Jahagir to the strict administratioD of justice, and the effectual suppression (Source: Notes on Sangli State by Mr. R. C. Bur~e)